40%OFFCode JMU
Lucid Trading
#1 Ranked Firm
Plans with on-demand payouts · starting at $39
$800,079,170paid to traders
Lucid Trading
#1 Ranked Firm
Plans with on-demand payouts · starting at $39
$800,079,170paid to traders
Futures Prop Firm Rule Radar
Every night Rule Radar archives the help center of every futures prop firm on the price list and shows exactly what changed: which page, which line, dated, before and after. Payout terms, consistency rules, drawdown math, activation fees: firms rewrite these without an announcement, and this is where you catch it. Updated pages open to the exact wording that changed, every article keeps a full version history you can compare, and a plain-English line on each row says what happened. Nothing here is written by the firms. It is their own help center, read every day and kept. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
Trading perpetuals instead? See the Perps Rule Radar ›
Reading the radar
Updates onlyrule edits on their own; New pages and Removed are one click away
Before and afterwhat the page said, side by side, changed words marked
Version historyevery archived copy of an article, pick any two and compare
Starredthe changes I think matter most, pinned at the top
Starred changes
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Fast Track AccountTrailing Drawdown for $50,000 account changed from $2,250 to $2,000; table formatting reformatted for readability.Oct 20
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Momentum AccountTrailing Drawdown values changed for $50,000, $100,000, and $150,000 accounts; EOD Drawdown values also changed for those tiers.Oct 20
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
PremierBluSky · Propel Plans: Phases, Rules and Costs | BluSky Rules and Help Center6 values changed, including $250 to $500.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
After
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Evaluation Account | Lucid Trading Help CenterConsistency requirement changed from 50% to 40% baseline with 50% option available, and consistency pass timeline details updated.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
After
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros |
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
PremierBluSky · Orbit Plans: Two Phases, Faster Payouts | BluSky Rules and Help CenterValues changed: $99 to $129, $109 to $199.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
−
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $99 |
| 100K | $109 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
After
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
+
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $129 |
| 100K | $199 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
−
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $99 |
| 100K | $109 |
+
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $129 |
| 100K | $199 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/performance-accounts-pa/legacy-pa-inactivity-policyWarning system changed from three-tier yellow/orange/red at 15/20/30 days to single red warning at 15 days before 30-day termination threshold.Sep 14
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
At Apex Trader Funding, we are committed to maintaining active and engaged trading accounts across our platform. To ensure optimal service, the following policy applies to account inactivity:
- Definition of Inactivity: An account is considered inactive if it reaches 30 calendar days without recording at least one single trading day with $150 or more in net profit.
- How To Track Inactivity: The Activity column on your PA chart reflects the most recent trading activity meeting at least $150 in net profit.
− - Yellow Highlight – Warning 1: At 15 days without qualifying activity, a yellow highlight will appear on your account. This is the first warning that your account is approaching the 30-day inactivity threshold. To reset your activity period, simply complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before reaching the 30-day threshold.
− - Orange Highlight – Warning 2: At 20 days without qualifying activity, an orange highlight will appear on your account. This is a second warning that your account is getting close to the 30-day inactivity threshold. To remain active, you must complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before reaching 30 days without qualifying activity.
− - Red Highlight – Termination: At 30 days without qualifying activity, the account reaches the inactivity threshold and may be terminated. To avoid termination, complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before the 30-day threshold is reached.
- Future Enforcement Notice: If any inactivity-related enforcement is implemented in the future, you will be notified in advance.
This policy applies to all Legacy Performance Accounts purchased before March 1st, 2026, including lifetime subscriptions. Users are solely responsible for maintaining the active status of their accounts.
* Promotional Legacy products made available after March 1st, 2026 may have updated inactivity rules found here.
After
At Apex Trader Funding, we are committed to maintaining active and engaged trading accounts across our platform. To ensure optimal service, the following policy applies to account inactivity:
- Definition of Inactivity: An account is considered inactive if it reaches 30 calendar days without recording at least one single trading day with $150 or more in net profit.
- How To Track Inactivity: The Activity column on your PA chart reflects the most recent trading activity meeting at least $150 in net profit.
+ - Red Highlight Reminder: At 15 days without qualifying activity, a red highlight will appear on your account. This is simply a warning that the account is approaching the 30-day inactivity threshold. The only action required on your end to satisfy the activity requirement is to simply complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before the 30-day threshold is reached.
- Future Enforcement Notice: If any inactivity-related enforcement is implemented in the future, you will be notified in advance.
This policy applies to all Legacy Performance Accounts purchased before March 1st, 2026, including lifetime subscriptions. Users are solely responsible for maintaining the active status of their accounts.
* Promotional Legacy products made available after March 1st, 2026 may have updated inactivity rules found here.
At Apex Trader Funding, we are committed to maintaining active and engaged trading accounts across our platform. To ensure optimal service, the following policy applies to account inactivity:
- Definition of Inactivity: An account is considered inactive if it reaches 30 calendar days without recording at least one single trading day with $150 or more in net profit.
- How To Track Inactivity: The Activity column on your PA chart reflects the most recent trading activity meeting at least $150 in net profit.
− - Yellow Highlight – Warning 1: At 15 days without qualifying activity, a yellow highlight will appear on your account. This is the first warning that your account is approaching the 30-day inactivity threshold. To reset your activity period, simply complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before reaching the 30-day threshold.
− - Orange Highlight – Warning 2: At 20 days without qualifying activity, an orange highlight will appear on your account. This is a second warning that your account is getting close to the 30-day inactivity threshold. To remain active, you must complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before reaching 30 days without qualifying activity.
− - Red Highlight – Termination: At 30 days without qualifying activity, the account reaches the inactivity threshold and may be terminated. To avoid termination, complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before the 30-day threshold is reached.
+ - Red Highlight Reminder: At 15 days without qualifying activity, a red highlight will appear on your account. This is simply a warning that the account is approaching the 30-day inactivity threshold. The only action required on your end to satisfy the activity requirement is to simply complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before the 30-day threshold is reached.
- Future Enforcement Notice: If any inactivity-related enforcement is implemented in the future, you will be notified in advance.
This policy applies to all Legacy Performance Accounts purchased before March 1st, 2026, including lifetime subscriptions. Users are solely responsible for maintaining the active status of their accounts.
* Promotional Legacy products made available after March 1st, 2026 may have updated inactivity rules found here.
PremierIQ Capital · Which account for which platform? | IQ Capital Help CenterFutures accounts now support ATAS and Quantower platforms in addition to previously listed options.Sep 14
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
There are some very important differences to keep in mind. A subsequent exchange or transfer of accounts is not possible.
Please make sure to select the correct option directly when purchasing a Challenge. Purchased accounts cannot be changed afterward. Additionally, Challenge accounts cannot be migrated to Tradovate, and only accounts with a Daily Loss Limit (not Max Position Loss) are eligible for Tradovate.
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|
| Crypto / CFD | FXCM / ByBit | Volumetrica IQC Trader | Yes* |
| CFD | BlackBull / GBE | Meta Trader 5 | Yes* |
−
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Futures | dxFeed prop | DeepCharts (+Web), Tradovate, TradingView, NinjaTrader | No |
*We explicitly point out that regular as well as unannounced maintenance work and updates may take place on the trading platforms and accounts. No guarantee or liability is assumed that existing swing trades will not be closed as a result of these technical processes.
For technical reasons, cross-platform use of accounts is generally not possible. However, Futures accounts can be migrated to Tradovate under specific conditions, allowing the use of TradingView or NinjaTrader for order execution. Consequently, trading with a Futures or MetaTrader account via the IQC Trader platform is still not possible, nor is using a Crypto/CFD account on the ATAS, Quantower, or DeepCharts platforms.
How to Connect TradingView and NinjaTrader with Tradovate
- Connecting TradingView with Tradovate: Click on "Trade" in the top-right corner of TradingView and select "Tradovate." Log in using your Tradovate credentials.
- Connecting NinjaTrader with Tradovate: Open the IQ Dashboard, select your Futures account, and follow the connection/login steps via Tradovate.
After
There are some very important differences to keep in mind. A subsequent exchange or transfer of accounts is not possible.
Please make sure to select the correct option directly when purchasing a Challenge. Purchased accounts cannot be changed afterward. Additionally, Challenge accounts cannot be migrated to Tradovate, and only accounts with a Daily Loss Limit (not Max Position Loss) are eligible for Tradovate.
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|
| Crypto / CFD | FXCM / ByBit | Volumetrica IQC Trader | Yes* |
| CFD | BlackBull / GBE | Meta Trader 5 | Yes* |
+ Futures | dxFeed prop | DeepCharts (+Web),ATAS,Quantower, Tradovate, TradingView, NinjaTrader | No
*We explicitly point out that regular as well as unannounced maintenance work and updates may take place on the trading platforms and accounts. No guarantee or liability is assumed that existing swing trades will not be closed as a result of these technical processes.
For technical reasons, cross-platform use of accounts is generally not possible. However, Futures accounts can be migrated to Tradovate under specific conditions, allowing the use of TradingView or NinjaTrader for order execution. Consequently, trading with a Futures or MetaTrader account via the IQC Trader platform is still not possible, nor is using a Crypto/CFD account on the ATAS, Quantower, or DeepCharts platforms.
How to Connect TradingView and NinjaTrader with Tradovate
- Connecting TradingView with Tradovate: Click on "Trade" in the top-right corner of TradingView and select "Tradovate." Log in using your Tradovate credentials.
- Connecting NinjaTrader with Tradovate: Open the IQ Dashboard, select your Futures account, and follow the connection/login steps via Tradovate.
There are some very important differences to keep in mind. A subsequent exchange or transfer of accounts is not possible.
Please make sure to select the correct option directly when purchasing a Challenge. Purchased accounts cannot be changed afterward. Additionally, Challenge accounts cannot be migrated to Tradovate, and only accounts with a Daily Loss Limit (not Max Position Loss) are eligible for Tradovate.
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|
| Crypto / CFD | FXCM / ByBit | Volumetrica IQC Trader | Yes* |
| CFD | BlackBull / GBE | Meta Trader 5 | Yes* |
−
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Futures | dxFeed prop | DeepCharts (+Web), Tradovate, TradingView, NinjaTrader | No |
+ Futures | dxFeed prop | DeepCharts (+Web),ATAS,Quantower, Tradovate, TradingView, NinjaTrader | No
*We explicitly point out that regular as well as unannounced maintenance work and updates may take place on the trading platforms and accounts. No guarantee or liability is assumed that existing swing trades will not be closed as a result of these technical processes.
For technical reasons, cross-platform use of accounts is generally not possible. However, Futures accounts can be migrated to Tradovate under specific conditions, allowing the use of TradingView or NinjaTrader for order execution. Consequently, trading with a Futures or MetaTrader account via the IQC Trader platform is still not possible, nor is using a Crypto/CFD account on the ATAS, Quantower, or DeepCharts platforms.
How to Connect TradingView and NinjaTrader with Tradovate
- Connecting TradingView with Tradovate: Click on "Trade" in the top-right corner of TradingView and select "Tradovate." Log in using your Tradovate credentials.
- Connecting NinjaTrader with Tradovate: Open the IQ Dashboard, select your Futures account, and follow the connection/login steps via Tradovate.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesAdded guidance on preset risk limits and eligibility for increased leverage based on consistent performance. TIER: notableSep 14
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Account Specifications
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
* $0 starting balance
After
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Account Specifications
+ Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
+ For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
* $0 starting balance
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Account Specifications
+ Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
+ For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
* $0 starting balance
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesFunded buffer for $25,000 accounts increased from $1,100 to $1,600, and one reactivation rule was removed.Sep 14
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
−
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
−
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesReactivation reuse limit removed; reactivation option window changed from 30 calendar days to unspecified and reactivated account terms removed. TIER: majorSep 14
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
| $100,000 | $750 |
| $150,000 | $900 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
| $100,000 | $750 |
| $150,000 | $900 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
| $100,000 | $750 |
| $150,000 | $900 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Standard Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesReactivation limit of 2 times and 30-day window removed; reactivation option availability conditions now unspecified.Sep 14
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $450 |
| $50,000 | $750 |
| $100,000 | $900 |
| $150,000 | $1,200 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $450 |
| $50,000 | $750 |
| $100,000 | $900 |
| $150,000 | $1,200 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $450 |
| $50,000 | $750 |
| $100,000 | $900 |
| $150,000 | $1,200 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
PremierIQ Capital · Allowed Trading Practices | IQ Capital Help CenterHedging rule expanded with requirement for hedging account setup and explanation of hedge mode position management. TIER: notableSep 14
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Discretionary Trading
Independent trading based on your own analysis, market interpretation, and strategy development is fully allowed and encouraged.
Manual Trading
Manual order execution is fully permitted. This includes scalping, swing trading, and position trading.
News Trading
Trading during news events is allowed. However, it is recommended to apply proper risk management during periods of high volatility.
Hedging (Opposing Positions)
Section: Hedging (Opposing Positions)
− Hedging—holding both long and short positions in the same or correlated markets at the same time—is allowed.
Own Expert Advisors (EAs)
Self-developed EAs are allowed as long as they do not violate other rules (e.g. no arbitrage, no HFT, no latency exploitation). The trader must retain full access to the source code.
Partial Closures / Scaling Out
Partial position closures and scaling out of positions are allowed.
Strategy Types
All common trading strategies are allowed, including:
- Breakout Trading
- Trend Following
- Mean Reversion
- Volatility-based strategies
- Scalping
All strategies must comply with risk management rules.
After
Discretionary Trading
Independent trading based on your own analysis, market interpretation, and strategy development is fully allowed and encouraged.
Manual Trading
Manual order execution is fully permitted. This includes scalping, swing trading, and position trading.
News Trading
Trading during news events is allowed. However, it is recommended to apply proper risk management during periods of high volatility.
Hedging (Opposing Positions)
Section: Hedging (Opposing Positions)
+ Hedging—holding both long and short positions in the same or correlated markets at the same time—is allowed. To use hedging, your account must be set up as a hedging account. In hedge mode, each new order in the same direction creates a separate position with its own entry price, stop loss (SL), and take profit (TP). Positions can be managed individually or partially closed to optimize your trading strategy.
Own Expert Advisors (EAs)
Self-developed EAs are allowed as long as they do not violate other rules (e.g. no arbitrage, no HFT, no latency exploitation). The trader must retain full access to the source code.
Partial Closures / Scaling Out
Partial position closures and scaling out of positions are allowed.
Strategy Types
All common trading strategies are allowed, including:
- Breakout Trading
- Trend Following
- Mean Reversion
- Volatility-based strategies
- Scalping
All strategies must comply with risk management rules.
Discretionary Trading
Independent trading based on your own analysis, market interpretation, and strategy development is fully allowed and encouraged.
Manual Trading
Manual order execution is fully permitted. This includes scalping, swing trading, and position trading.
News Trading
Trading during news events is allowed. However, it is recommended to apply proper risk management during periods of high volatility.
Hedging (Opposing Positions)
Section: Hedging (Opposing Positions)
− Hedging—holding both long and short positions in the same or correlated markets at the same time—is allowed.
+ Hedging—holding both long and short positions in the same or correlated markets at the same time—is allowed. To use hedging, your account must be set up as a hedging account. In hedge mode, each new order in the same direction creates a separate position with its own entry price, stop loss (SL), and take profit (TP). Positions can be managed individually or partially closed to optimize your trading strategy.
Own Expert Advisors (EAs)
Self-developed EAs are allowed as long as they do not violate other rules (e.g. no arbitrage, no HFT, no latency exploitation). The trader must retain full access to the source code.
Partial Closures / Scaling Out
Partial position closures and scaling out of positions are allowed.
Strategy Types
All common trading strategies are allowed, including:
- Breakout Trading
- Trend Following
- Mean Reversion
- Volatility-based strategies
- Scalping
All strategies must comply with risk management rules.
PremierIQ Capital · Which account for which platform? | IQ Capital Help CenterPlatform options expanded for Futures accounts; Tradovate migration conditions and connection instructions added; minor platform name formatting changes. TIER: notableSep 14
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
There are some very important differences to keep in mind. A subsequent exchange or transfer of accounts is not possible.
− Please make sure to select the correct option directly when purchasing a Challenge. Purchased accounts cannot be changed afterward.
−
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Crypto / CFD | FXCM / ByBit | Volumetrica IQC Tradermobil: Volumetrica FX | Yes* |
| CFD | BlackBull / GBE | Meta Trader 5mobil: MetaTrader 5 | Yes* |
| Futures | dxFeed prop | DeepCharts (+Web)ATASQuantowermobil: Volumetrica Prop | No |
*We explicitly point out that regular as well as unannounced maintenance work and updates may take place on the trading platforms and accounts. No guarantee or liability is assumed that existing swing trades will not be closed as a result of these technical processes.
Section: How to Connect TradingView and NinjaTrader with Tradovate
− For technical reasons, cross-platform use of accounts is not possible. Consequently, trading with a Futures or MetaTrader account via the IQC Trader platform is just as impossible as using a Crypto/CFD account on the ATAS, Quantower, or DeepCharts platforms.
After
There are some very important differences to keep in mind. A subsequent exchange or transfer of accounts is not possible.
+ Please make sure to select the correct option directly when purchasing a Challenge. Purchased accounts cannot be changed afterward. Additionally, Challenge accounts cannot be migrated to Tradovate, and only accounts with a Daily Loss Limit (not Max Position Loss) are eligible for Tradovate.
+
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Crypto / CFD | FXCM / ByBit | Volumetrica IQC Trader | Yes* |
| CFD | BlackBull / GBE | Meta Trader 5 | Yes* |
| Futures | dxFeed prop | DeepCharts (+Web), Tradovate, TradingView, NinjaTrader | No |
*We explicitly point out that regular as well as unannounced maintenance work and updates may take place on the trading platforms and accounts. No guarantee or liability is assumed that existing swing trades will not be closed as a result of these technical processes.
Section: How to Connect TradingView and NinjaTrader with Tradovate
+ For technical reasons, cross-platform use of accounts is generally not possible. However, Futures accounts can be migrated to Tradovate under specific conditions, allowing the use of TradingView or NinjaTrader for order execution. Consequently, trading with a Futures or MetaTrader account via the IQC Trader platform is still not possible, nor is using a Crypto/CFD account on the ATAS, Quantower, or DeepCharts platforms.
+ How to Connect TradingView and NinjaTrader with Tradovate
+ - Connecting TradingView with Tradovate: Click on "Trade" in the top-right corner of TradingView and select "Tradovate." Log in using your Tradovate credentials.
+ - Connecting NinjaTrader with Tradovate: Open the IQ Dashboard, select your Futures account, and follow the connection/login steps via Tradovate.
There are some very important differences to keep in mind. A subsequent exchange or transfer of accounts is not possible.
− Please make sure to select the correct option directly when purchasing a Challenge. Purchased accounts cannot be changed afterward.
+ Please make sure to select the correct option directly when purchasing a Challenge. Purchased accounts cannot be changed afterward. Additionally, Challenge accounts cannot be migrated to Tradovate, and only accounts with a Daily Loss Limit (not Max Position Loss) are eligible for Tradovate.
−
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Crypto / CFD | FXCM / ByBit | Volumetrica IQC Tradermobil: Volumetrica FX | Yes* |
| CFD | BlackBull / GBE | Meta Trader 5mobil: MetaTrader 5 | Yes* |
| Futures | dxFeed prop | DeepCharts (+Web)ATASQuantowermobil: Volumetrica Prop | No |
+
| Account Type | DatenFeed | Platforms | 24/7 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Crypto / CFD | FXCM / ByBit | Volumetrica IQC Trader | Yes* |
| CFD | BlackBull / GBE | Meta Trader 5 | Yes* |
| Futures | dxFeed prop | DeepCharts (+Web), Tradovate, TradingView, NinjaTrader | No |
*We explicitly point out that regular as well as unannounced maintenance work and updates may take place on the trading platforms and accounts. No guarantee or liability is assumed that existing swing trades will not be closed as a result of these technical processes.
Section: How to Connect TradingView and NinjaTrader with Tradovate
− For technical reasons, cross-platform use of accounts is not possible. Consequently, trading with a Futures or MetaTrader account via the IQC Trader platform is just as impossible as using a Crypto/CFD account on the ATAS, Quantower, or DeepCharts platforms.
+ For technical reasons, cross-platform use of accounts is generally not possible. However, Futures accounts can be migrated to Tradovate under specific conditions, allowing the use of TradingView or NinjaTrader for order execution. Consequently, trading with a Futures or MetaTrader account via the IQC Trader platform is still not possible, nor is using a Crypto/CFD account on the ATAS, Quantower, or DeepCharts platforms.
+ How to Connect TradingView and NinjaTrader with Tradovate
+ - Connecting TradingView with Tradovate: Click on "Trade" in the top-right corner of TradingView and select "Tradovate." Log in using your Tradovate credentials.
+ - Connecting NinjaTrader with Tradovate: Open the IQ Dashboard, select your Futures account, and follow the connection/login steps via Tradovate.
PremierE8 Markets · Is verification required? | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesRemoved separate country lists for Forex+Crypto and Futures products, replaced with single unified list for all markets and accounts.Sep 13
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The verification is done through our KYC third-party partner Veriff. This process is automated and usually takes only a few minutes.
If verification is not accepted by our KYC partners for any reason, you are unfortunately ineligible to use our services.
Verification can be accessed here
Once you see a green check mark and text "Your verification is complete", Veriff has accepted your verification, and you can continue to start choosing from our products.
What if I do not have verification?
We always recommend to finish standart verification with Veriff first to have full access to all parts of our service; otherwise, you might not be able to:
- See all available products in checkout
- See all trading platforms in checkout
- Access your challenge credentials after your purchase
- Receive the Performance account after passing your challenge
- Use our Free Trial
List of supported countries and documents
Section: List of supported countries and documents
− E8 Markets Forex + Crypto
− E8 Markets Futures
The country is determined based on the document you provide during verification, not based on your current location. If you are traveling to a country that is not accepted, you can still trade there.
Veriff
KYC after passing SimFi™ Challenge
To make sure that the provided documents are not expired, users might be required to take secondary verification so our team can check the validity of the documentation.
Acceptable documents:
- Passport
- ID Card
- Driver Licence
- Residence Permit
Process:
Once you pass your Challenge, you will obtain a new account. Our relevant team will then manually check your provided KYC information within 24 hours to verify if everything is in order. If the information does not match or there is any problem with the document, our team will contact you to check and edit the information. You will always receive more information at your email.
Extra
After
The verification is done through our KYC third-party partner Veriff. This process is automated and usually takes only a few minutes.
If verification is not accepted by our KYC partners for any reason, you are unfortunately ineligible to use our services.
Verification can be accessed here
Once you see a green check mark and text "Your verification is complete", Veriff has accepted your verification, and you can continue to start choosing from our products.
What if I do not have verification?
We always recommend to finish standart verification with Veriff first to have full access to all parts of our service; otherwise, you might not be able to:
- See all available products in checkout
- See all trading platforms in checkout
- Access your challenge credentials after your purchase
- Receive the Performance account after passing your challenge
- Use our Free Trial
List of supported countries and documents
Section: List of supported countries and documents
+ Full list for all markets and accounts
The country is determined based on the document you provide during verification, not based on your current location. If you are traveling to a country that is not accepted, you can still trade there.
Veriff
KYC after passing SimFi™ Challenge
To make sure that the provided documents are not expired, users might be required to take secondary verification so our team can check the validity of the documentation.
Acceptable documents:
- Passport
- ID Card
- Driver Licence
- Residence Permit
Process:
Once you pass your Challenge, you will obtain a new account. Our relevant team will then manually check your provided KYC information within 24 hours to verify if everything is in order. If the information does not match or there is any problem with the document, our team will contact you to check and edit the information. You will always receive more information at your email.
Extra
The verification is done through our KYC third-party partner Veriff. This process is automated and usually takes only a few minutes.
If verification is not accepted by our KYC partners for any reason, you are unfortunately ineligible to use our services.
Verification can be accessed here
Once you see a green check mark and text "Your verification is complete", Veriff has accepted your verification, and you can continue to start choosing from our products.
What if I do not have verification?
We always recommend to finish standart verification with Veriff first to have full access to all parts of our service; otherwise, you might not be able to:
- See all available products in checkout
- See all trading platforms in checkout
- Access your challenge credentials after your purchase
- Receive the Performance account after passing your challenge
- Use our Free Trial
List of supported countries and documents
Section: List of supported countries and documents
− E8 Markets Forex + Crypto
− E8 Markets Futures
+ Full list for all markets and accounts
The country is determined based on the document you provide during verification, not based on your current location. If you are traveling to a country that is not accepted, you can still trade there.
Veriff
KYC after passing SimFi™ Challenge
To make sure that the provided documents are not expired, users might be required to take secondary verification so our team can check the validity of the documentation.
Acceptable documents:
- Passport
- ID Card
- Driver Licence
- Residence Permit
Process:
Once you pass your Challenge, you will obtain a new account. Our relevant team will then manually check your provided KYC information within 24 hours to verify if everything is in order. If the information does not match or there is any problem with the document, our team will contact you to check and edit the information. You will always receive more information at your email.
Extra
PremierFTMO Futures · Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?Definition of FTMO Trader simplified to remove payout eligibility; new sentence added clarifying both account types may qualify for monetary rewards if rules are followed.Sep 13
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Instruments & Specifications
What are the account specifications?
What is the maximum number of contracts I can trade?
What happens during the contract expiry?
Which instruments can I trade with FTMO Futures?
Applications & other Services
How about a Free Trial?
Can I use FTMO Points to subscribe to the FTMO Futures Evaluation?
All FAQ
Futures
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Section: Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
− An FTMO Trader is an FTMO client who holds a Sim-Funded Account and is eligible to receive monetary payouts.
An FTMO Live Funded Trader is an FTMO client who manages a Live Funded Account.
The journey to becoming an FTMO Trader or an FTMO Live Funded Trader is as follows:
Phase 1: Evaluation
You trade on a simulated futures account and must meet all its Trading Objectives, such as the Profit Target and Consistency Rule, without breaching your Max Drawdown or Daily Loss Limit. There is no minimum number of trading days, except as required by the Consistency Rule. Eligibility to pass the Evaluation is assessed after the end of the trading day (4:10 p.m. ET).
Phase 2: Sim-Funded Account
Once you pass the Evaluation, you complete the FTMO Identity (KYC verification) and sign the FTMO Futures Sim-Funded Account Terms & Conditions with FTMO. You are then provided with a Sim-Funded Account and become an FTMO Trader, where you continue to trade in a simulated environment but become eligible to receive real monetary payouts based on your results. Eligibility to withdraw a payout is assessed after the end of the trading day (4:10 p.m. ET).
Phase 3: Live Funded Account
After building a track record of approved payouts, a small group of top-performing, consistent traders may be invited, at FTMO’s discretion, to trade an FTMO Futures Live Funded Account with real capital as an FTMO Live Funded Trader.
Availability
FTMO Futures is currently available to individuals only. A Live Funded Account is not granted based on any past trading track record.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
After
Instruments & Specifications
What are the account specifications?
What is the maximum number of contracts I can trade?
What happens during the contract expiry?
Which instruments can I trade with FTMO Futures?
Applications & other Services
How about a Free Trial?
Can I use FTMO Points to subscribe to the FTMO Futures Evaluation?
All FAQ
Futures
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Section: Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
+ An FTMO Trader is an FTMO client who holds a Sim-Funded Account.
An FTMO Live Funded Trader is an FTMO client who manages a Live Funded Account.
+ A Sim-Funded Account and a Live Funded Account are accounts in which the FTMO client may be eligible for monetary reward, provided the rules are followed.
The journey to becoming an FTMO Trader or an FTMO Live Funded Trader is as follows:
Phase 1: Evaluation
You trade on a simulated futures account and must meet all its Trading Objectives, such as the Profit Target and Consistency Rule, without breaching your Max Drawdown or Daily Loss Limit. There is no minimum number of trading days, except as required by the Consistency Rule. Eligibility to pass the Evaluation is assessed after the end of the trading day (4:10 p.m. ET).
Phase 2: Sim-Funded Account
Once you pass the Evaluation, you complete the FTMO Identity (KYC verification) and sign the FTMO Futures Sim-Funded Account Terms & Conditions with FTMO. You are then provided with a Sim-Funded Account and become an FTMO Trader, where you continue to trade in a simulated environment but become eligible to receive real monetary payouts based on your results. Eligibility to withdraw a payout is assessed after the end of the trading day (4:10 p.m. ET).
Phase 3: Live Funded Account
After building a track record of approved payouts, a small group of top-performing, consistent traders may be invited, at FTMO’s discretion, to trade an FTMO Futures Live Funded Account with real capital as an FTMO Live Funded Trader.
Availability
FTMO Futures is currently available to individuals only. A Live Funded Account is not granted based on any past trading track record.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Instruments & Specifications
What are the account specifications?
What is the maximum number of contracts I can trade?
What happens during the contract expiry?
Which instruments can I trade with FTMO Futures?
Applications & other Services
How about a Free Trial?
Can I use FTMO Points to subscribe to the FTMO Futures Evaluation?
All FAQ
Futures
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
Section: Who is an FTMO Trader, and how do I become one?
− An FTMO Trader is an FTMO client who holds a Sim-Funded Account and is eligible to receive monetary payouts.
+ An FTMO Trader is an FTMO client who holds a Sim-Funded Account.
An FTMO Live Funded Trader is an FTMO client who manages a Live Funded Account.
+ A Sim-Funded Account and a Live Funded Account are accounts in which the FTMO client may be eligible for monetary reward, provided the rules are followed.
The journey to becoming an FTMO Trader or an FTMO Live Funded Trader is as follows:
Phase 1: Evaluation
You trade on a simulated futures account and must meet all its Trading Objectives, such as the Profit Target and Consistency Rule, without breaching your Max Drawdown or Daily Loss Limit. There is no minimum number of trading days, except as required by the Consistency Rule. Eligibility to pass the Evaluation is assessed after the end of the trading day (4:10 p.m. ET).
Phase 2: Sim-Funded Account
Once you pass the Evaluation, you complete the FTMO Identity (KYC verification) and sign the FTMO Futures Sim-Funded Account Terms & Conditions with FTMO. You are then provided with a Sim-Funded Account and become an FTMO Trader, where you continue to trade in a simulated environment but become eligible to receive real monetary payouts based on your results. Eligibility to withdraw a payout is assessed after the end of the trading day (4:10 p.m. ET).
Phase 3: Live Funded Account
After building a track record of approved payouts, a small group of top-performing, consistent traders may be invited, at FTMO’s discretion, to trade an FTMO Futures Live Funded Account with real capital as an FTMO Live Funded Trader.
Availability
FTMO Futures is currently available to individuals only. A Live Funded Account is not granted based on any past trading track record.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · 24 Hours Payout Guarantee | Blue Guardian | FuturesRemoved eligibility section stating the 24-Hour Payout Guarantee only applies to accounts purchased before September 1, 2026. TIER: majorSep 13
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
− Eligibility
− The 24-Hour Payout Guarantee only applies to eligible accounts purchased before September 1, 2026.
− Accounts purchased on or after September 1, 2026 are not covered by the 24-Hour Payout Guarantee.
− Accounts purchased before this date may remain eligible, provided that all other payout requirements and conditions are met.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
After
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
− Eligibility
− The 24-Hour Payout Guarantee only applies to eligible accounts purchased before September 1, 2026.
− Accounts purchased on or after September 1, 2026 are not covered by the 24-Hour Payout Guarantee.
− Accounts purchased before this date may remain eligible, provided that all other payout requirements and conditions are met.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesNew Live Bonus program introduced for first-time promotions, with one-time bonuses ranging from $1,000 to $4,500 based on account size and profit targets.Sep 13
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Bonus
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
After
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Bonus
+ Live Bonus
+ The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
+ To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
+
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
+ Example
+ A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
+ Each account begins with:
+ * $0 starting balance
+ * $2,000 Live drawdown
+ Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
+ In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
+ Please note: that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Bonus
+ Live Bonus
+ The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
+ To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
+
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
+ Example
+ A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
+ Each account begins with:
+ * $0 starting balance
+ * $2,000 Live drawdown
+ Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
+ In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
+ Please note: that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Prohibited Trading Strategies | Blue Guardian | FuturesCopy trading and hedging rules added; hedging explicitly prohibited across accounts; section numbering updated. TIER: majorSep 13
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Simulated Market at Blue Guardian Futures is designed to closely mirror live trading conditions, but there can still be some kind of a difference. We understand the unique challenges this creates for our platform, our funding partners, and most importantly, our traders. To maintain a fair, transparent, and balanced trading environment, we've put policies in place to prevent practices that could take advantage of the simulated setup or deviate from ethical trading standards.
Understanding Simulated trading environments
Some trading strategies can take advantage of the simulated fill algorithm, leading to strong performance during the evaluation phase but ultimately resulting in losses when moved to live environments. A small number of traders, either unknowingly or with intent to game the system, may use these strategies, which are strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures.
1. Automated Trading Protocols
At Blue Guardian Futures (BGF), we enforce rigorous guidelines to uphold a fair and transparent trading environment in automated trading:
- Automated Scalping: BGF limits the use of automated systems designed for ultra-high-frequency scalping, particularly systems that exceed 200 trades per day.
- Automated Tools: AI, bots, and other fully automated trading mechanisms are strictly prohibited across all account types.
- Semi-Automated Trading: Allowed only if traders actively monitor and manually manage trades, fully understanding the system’s purpose and limitations.
- Automated Behavior: Fully hands-off, continuous, day-and-night trading or any type of complete automation is strictly forbidden.
Section: 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
− 2. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Hedging
− 3. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
− 5. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
After
The Simulated Market at Blue Guardian Futures is designed to closely mirror live trading conditions, but there can still be some kind of a difference. We understand the unique challenges this creates for our platform, our funding partners, and most importantly, our traders. To maintain a fair, transparent, and balanced trading environment, we've put policies in place to prevent practices that could take advantage of the simulated setup or deviate from ethical trading standards.
Understanding Simulated trading environments
Some trading strategies can take advantage of the simulated fill algorithm, leading to strong performance during the evaluation phase but ultimately resulting in losses when moved to live environments. A small number of traders, either unknowingly or with intent to game the system, may use these strategies, which are strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures.
1. Automated Trading Protocols
At Blue Guardian Futures (BGF), we enforce rigorous guidelines to uphold a fair and transparent trading environment in automated trading:
- Automated Scalping: BGF limits the use of automated systems designed for ultra-high-frequency scalping, particularly systems that exceed 200 trades per day.
- Automated Tools: AI, bots, and other fully automated trading mechanisms are strictly prohibited across all account types.
- Semi-Automated Trading: Allowed only if traders actively monitor and manually manage trades, fully understanding the system’s purpose and limitations.
- Automated Behavior: Fully hands-off, continuous, day-and-night trading or any type of complete automation is strictly forbidden.
Section: 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
+ 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
+ Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
+ Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
+ 3. Hedging
+ Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian Futures accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
+ 4. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Hedging
+ 5. Hedging
+ Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
+ 6. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
+ 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
The Simulated Market at Blue Guardian Futures is designed to closely mirror live trading conditions, but there can still be some kind of a difference. We understand the unique challenges this creates for our platform, our funding partners, and most importantly, our traders. To maintain a fair, transparent, and balanced trading environment, we've put policies in place to prevent practices that could take advantage of the simulated setup or deviate from ethical trading standards.
Understanding Simulated trading environments
Some trading strategies can take advantage of the simulated fill algorithm, leading to strong performance during the evaluation phase but ultimately resulting in losses when moved to live environments. A small number of traders, either unknowingly or with intent to game the system, may use these strategies, which are strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures.
1. Automated Trading Protocols
At Blue Guardian Futures (BGF), we enforce rigorous guidelines to uphold a fair and transparent trading environment in automated trading:
- Automated Scalping: BGF limits the use of automated systems designed for ultra-high-frequency scalping, particularly systems that exceed 200 trades per day.
- Automated Tools: AI, bots, and other fully automated trading mechanisms are strictly prohibited across all account types.
- Semi-Automated Trading: Allowed only if traders actively monitor and manually manage trades, fully understanding the system’s purpose and limitations.
- Automated Behavior: Fully hands-off, continuous, day-and-night trading or any type of complete automation is strictly forbidden.
Section: 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
− 2. Order Management and Market Conduct
+ 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
+ Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
+ Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
+ 3. Hedging
+ Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian Futures accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
+ 4. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Hedging
− 3. Policy Violations and Consequences
+ 5. Hedging
+ Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
+ 6. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
− 5. Is Martingale Accepted?
+ 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
PremierFTMO Futures · Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?Removed sentence about viewing available instruments via attached link.Sep 12
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What are the account specifications?
What is the maximum number of contracts I can trade?
What happens during the contract expiry?
Which instruments can I trade with FTMO Futures?
Applications & other Services
How about a Free Trial?
Can I use FTMO Points to subscribe to the FTMO Futures Evaluation?
All FAQ
Futures
Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
With FTMO Futures, you can access a simulated trading environment and trade futures contracts (including Micro and Mini contracts) on instruments from the major CME Group exchanges. The full list of available instruments is published in this FAQ and shown on your trading platform.
Section: Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
− Your trading style is up to you. As long as your trading is legitimate and in line with proper risk management, conforms to the real market conditions, and does not constitute Forbidden Trading Practices, we have no reasons for limiting or restricting your trading strategy, whether it’s discretionary trading, algorithmic trading or EAs. When trading, keep in mind that your trading style should be replicable on live accounts to generate the same results as on your Evaluation or Sim-Funded Account. We do not require you to use a Stop-loss, although it’s generally advisable to always have certain safety measures in place. You can also view the available instruments via the attached link.
If you intend to use trading robots (Expert Advisors – EAs), keep in mind that if you use a third-party EA, other traders may already be using the same EA and therefore the same strategy. By using a third-party EA, you risk being denied the Sim-Funded Account, since no copy trading across registrations is allowed and FTMO requires you to use a unique strategy. Also, please keep in mind that the platform’s servers have an API limit on the number of orders per predefined time period.
Please beware of practices that have nothing in common with serious trading. If we identify such practice, we reserve our right to take the necessary action to mitigate risk. This might vary from removing the conflicting positions, rebalancing the account, or terminating the account completely and ceasing our cooperation altogether. You may refer to the Forbidden Trading Practices page for more information on what constitutes Forbidden Trading Practices. Please use our services with genuine intentions and show us your edge in the markets and consistency that you can be proud of.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Trade with up to 3 funded accounts
-
Up to $450,000 in simulated capital
After
What are the account specifications?
What is the maximum number of contracts I can trade?
What happens during the contract expiry?
Which instruments can I trade with FTMO Futures?
Applications & other Services
How about a Free Trial?
Can I use FTMO Points to subscribe to the FTMO Futures Evaluation?
All FAQ
Futures
Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
With FTMO Futures, you can access a simulated trading environment and trade futures contracts (including Micro and Mini contracts) on instruments from the major CME Group exchanges. The full list of available instruments is published in this FAQ and shown on your trading platform.
Section: Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
+ Your trading style is up to you. As long as your trading is legitimate and in line with proper risk management, conforms to the real market conditions, and does not constitute Forbidden Trading Practices, we have no reasons for limiting or restricting your trading strategy, whether it’s discretionary trading, algorithmic trading or EAs. When trading, keep in mind that your trading style should be replicable on live accounts to generate the same results as on your Evaluation or Sim-Funded Account. We do not require you to use a Stop-loss, although it’s generally advisable to always have certain safety measures in place.
If you intend to use trading robots (Expert Advisors – EAs), keep in mind that if you use a third-party EA, other traders may already be using the same EA and therefore the same strategy. By using a third-party EA, you risk being denied the Sim-Funded Account, since no copy trading across registrations is allowed and FTMO requires you to use a unique strategy. Also, please keep in mind that the platform’s servers have an API limit on the number of orders per predefined time period.
Please beware of practices that have nothing in common with serious trading. If we identify such practice, we reserve our right to take the necessary action to mitigate risk. This might vary from removing the conflicting positions, rebalancing the account, or terminating the account completely and ceasing our cooperation altogether. You may refer to the Forbidden Trading Practices page for more information on what constitutes Forbidden Trading Practices. Please use our services with genuine intentions and show us your edge in the markets and consistency that you can be proud of.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Trade with up to 3 funded accounts
-
Up to $450,000 in simulated capital
What are the account specifications?
What is the maximum number of contracts I can trade?
What happens during the contract expiry?
Which instruments can I trade with FTMO Futures?
Applications & other Services
How about a Free Trial?
Can I use FTMO Points to subscribe to the FTMO Futures Evaluation?
All FAQ
Futures
Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
With FTMO Futures, you can access a simulated trading environment and trade futures contracts (including Micro and Mini contracts) on instruments from the major CME Group exchanges. The full list of available instruments is published in this FAQ and shown on your trading platform.
Section: Which instruments can I trade and what strategies am I allowed to use?
− Your trading style is up to you. As long as your trading is legitimate and in line with proper risk management, conforms to the real market conditions, and does not constitute Forbidden Trading Practices, we have no reasons for limiting or restricting your trading strategy, whether it’s discretionary trading, algorithmic trading or EAs. When trading, keep in mind that your trading style should be replicable on live accounts to generate the same results as on your Evaluation or Sim-Funded Account. We do not require you to use a Stop-loss, although it’s generally advisable to always have certain safety measures in place. You can also view the available instruments via the attached link.
+ Your trading style is up to you. As long as your trading is legitimate and in line with proper risk management, conforms to the real market conditions, and does not constitute Forbidden Trading Practices, we have no reasons for limiting or restricting your trading strategy, whether it’s discretionary trading, algorithmic trading or EAs. When trading, keep in mind that your trading style should be replicable on live accounts to generate the same results as on your Evaluation or Sim-Funded Account. We do not require you to use a Stop-loss, although it’s generally advisable to always have certain safety measures in place.
If you intend to use trading robots (Expert Advisors – EAs), keep in mind that if you use a third-party EA, other traders may already be using the same EA and therefore the same strategy. By using a third-party EA, you risk being denied the Sim-Funded Account, since no copy trading across registrations is allowed and FTMO requires you to use a unique strategy. Also, please keep in mind that the platform’s servers have an API limit on the number of orders per predefined time period.
Please beware of practices that have nothing in common with serious trading. If we identify such practice, we reserve our right to take the necessary action to mitigate risk. This might vary from removing the conflicting positions, rebalancing the account, or terminating the account completely and ceasing our cooperation altogether. You may refer to the Forbidden Trading Practices page for more information on what constitutes Forbidden Trading Practices. Please use our services with genuine intentions and show us your edge in the markets and consistency that you can be proud of.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Trade with up to 3 funded accounts
-
Up to $450,000 in simulated capital
PremierFTMO Futures · Why should I join FTMO?Two product options described with addition of discretionary Live Funded Account progression policy and one other wording change.Sep 12
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
All FAQ
Futures
Why should I join FTMO?
Why should I join FTMO?
Trading is difficult. While trading, you may face many common problems such as:
- Trading an account that is too small (undercapitalisation)
- Fear of losing your own money
- Psychological pressures
- Lack of discipline
- Growth limitations
How FTMO Futures helps?
With FTMO Futures, you can hone and prove your skills on a simulated futures account and, once you reach a Sim-Funded Account, receive real monetary Payouts for your performance without risking your own capital on the live markets.
Section: How FTMO Futures helps?
What sets us apart?
What sets us apart is consistency. We are known for fair conditions that we do not change in the middle of the game, a strong technological background, and a proven payout history. You trade on industry-standard platforms (NinjaTrader, Tradovate, or TradingView) under clear, transparent conditions.
− Growth and Pro
− Our two products, Growth and Pro, let you choose the conditions that fit your trading style. Top-performing, consistent traders may progress from a Sim-Funded Account to a Live Funded Account with real capital. Please note that this progression is solely at FTMO’s discretion.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Trade with up to 3 funded accounts
-
Up to $450,000 in simulated capital
-
Keep up to 90% of your simulated profits
After
All FAQ
Futures
Why should I join FTMO?
Why should I join FTMO?
Trading is difficult. While trading, you may face many common problems such as:
- Trading an account that is too small (undercapitalisation)
- Fear of losing your own money
- Psychological pressures
- Lack of discipline
- Growth limitations
How FTMO Futures helps?
With FTMO Futures, you can hone and prove your skills on a simulated futures account and, once you reach a Sim-Funded Account, receive real monetary Payouts for your performance without risking your own capital on the live markets.
Section: How FTMO Futures helps?
+ Our two products, Growth and Pro, let you choose the conditions that fit your trading style. Note that top-performing, consistent traders may progress from a Sim-Funded Account to a Live Funded Account with real capital. Please note that this progression is solely at FTMO’s discretion.
What sets us apart?
What sets us apart is consistency. We are known for fair conditions that we do not change in the middle of the game, a strong technological background, and a proven payout history. You trade on industry-standard platforms (NinjaTrader, Tradovate, or TradingView) under clear, transparent conditions.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Trade with up to 3 funded accounts
-
Up to $450,000 in simulated capital
-
Keep up to 90% of your simulated profits
All FAQ
Futures
Why should I join FTMO?
Why should I join FTMO?
Trading is difficult. While trading, you may face many common problems such as:
- Trading an account that is too small (undercapitalisation)
- Fear of losing your own money
- Psychological pressures
- Lack of discipline
- Growth limitations
How FTMO Futures helps?
With FTMO Futures, you can hone and prove your skills on a simulated futures account and, once you reach a Sim-Funded Account, receive real monetary Payouts for your performance without risking your own capital on the live markets.
Section: How FTMO Futures helps?
+ Our two products, Growth and Pro, let you choose the conditions that fit your trading style. Note that top-performing, consistent traders may progress from a Sim-Funded Account to a Live Funded Account with real capital. Please note that this progression is solely at FTMO’s discretion.
What sets us apart?
What sets us apart is consistency. We are known for fair conditions that we do not change in the middle of the game, a strong technological background, and a proven payout history. You trade on industry-standard platforms (NinjaTrader, Tradovate, or TradingView) under clear, transparent conditions.
− Growth and Pro
− Our two products, Growth and Pro, let you choose the conditions that fit your trading style. Top-performing, consistent traders may progress from a Sim-Funded Account to a Live Funded Account with real capital. Please note that this progression is solely at FTMO’s discretion.
Why should I join FTMO?
Why is there a fee?
How do I become an FTMO Trader?
Can I modify my platform or account type?
How to start?
Start Your Evaluation Today
-
Trade with up to 3 funded accounts
-
Up to $450,000 in simulated capital
-
Keep up to 90% of your simulated profits
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesMaximum position size for $25,000 Live Account reduced from 2 Minis / 20 Micros to 1 Minis / 10 Micros; Live Scaling Plan section removed entirely.Sep 12
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- 2 Express Funded Accounts
and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|
Section: Live Account Specifications
−
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Daily Loss Limit
There is no daily loss limit on Live Accounts.
Consistency Rule
There are no consistency requirements on Live Accounts.
Regardless of whether your account originated from the Standard, Reserve, Express, or Direct model, all consistency requirements are removed once you transition to Live.
News Trading
News trading is not permitted on Live Accounts due to the risks associated with real CME order execution during high-impact news events.
Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited on Live Accounts.
Violations may result in permanent account closure and a permanent ban from Blue Guardian Futures.
Household Rule
If one member of a household is actively trading a Live Account, other household members may not trade simulated Blue Guardian Futures accounts.
Section: Example
− Live Scaling Plan
− Live Accounts use a progressive scaling system that adjusts your maximum contract limits based on the profits generated on your Live Account.
− Scaling is reviewed at the end of each trading day (EOD).
− As your profits increase, additional contract limits become available. If your profits decrease, your maximum position size may also be reduced accordingly.
− Please note that contract limits also vary depending on the exchange and product traded. Certain highly volatile contracts may have lower maximum position sizes.
− $25,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 1 / 10 | 1 / 10 | 1 / 10 | 0 / 5 |
| $2,000+ | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 1 / 10 |
− $50,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 1 / 10 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 1 / 15 |
| $4,000+ | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
− $100,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 1 / 15 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
| $4,000 – $5,999 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 2 / 25 |
| $6,000+ | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 3 / 30 |
− $150,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 2 / 25 |
| $4,000 – $5,999 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 3 / 30 |
| $6,000 – $8,999 | 8 / 80 | 8 / 80 | 6 / 60 | 4 / 40 |
| $9,000+ | 10 / 100 | 8 / 80 | 6 / 60 | 5 / 50 |
− Attempting to intentionally circumvent the Live Scaling Plan may result in an account review by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
− Live Bonus
− The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
− To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
−
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
− Example
− A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
− Each account begins with:
− - $0 starting balance
− - $2,000 Live drawdown
− Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
− In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
− Please note that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
Section: What happens if I breach my Live Account?
− - A standard 2-week cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
If you have any questions regarding the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account Program, please contact our support team through Live Chat or by emailing [email protected]. We're always happy to help.
After
- 2 Express Funded Accounts
and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|
Section: Live Account Specifications
+
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Daily Loss Limit
There is no daily loss limit on Live Accounts.
Consistency Rule
There are no consistency requirements on Live Accounts.
Regardless of whether your account originated from the Standard, Reserve, Express, or Direct model, all consistency requirements are removed once you transition to Live.
News Trading
News trading is not permitted on Live Accounts due to the risks associated with real CME order execution during high-impact news events.
Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited on Live Accounts.
Violations may result in permanent account closure and a permanent ban from Blue Guardian Futures.
Household Rule
If one member of a household is actively trading a Live Account, other household members may not trade simulated Blue Guardian Futures accounts.
Section: Example
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
Section: What happens if I breach my Live Account?
+ - A standard 28 day cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
If you have any questions regarding the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account Program, please contact our support team through Live Chat or by emailing [email protected]. We're always happy to help.
- 2 Express Funded Accounts
and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|
Section: Live Account Specifications
−
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
+
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Daily Loss Limit
There is no daily loss limit on Live Accounts.
Consistency Rule
There are no consistency requirements on Live Accounts.
Regardless of whether your account originated from the Standard, Reserve, Express, or Direct model, all consistency requirements are removed once you transition to Live.
News Trading
News trading is not permitted on Live Accounts due to the risks associated with real CME order execution during high-impact news events.
Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited on Live Accounts.
Violations may result in permanent account closure and a permanent ban from Blue Guardian Futures.
Household Rule
If one member of a household is actively trading a Live Account, other household members may not trade simulated Blue Guardian Futures accounts.
Section: Example
− Live Scaling Plan
− Live Accounts use a progressive scaling system that adjusts your maximum contract limits based on the profits generated on your Live Account.
− Scaling is reviewed at the end of each trading day (EOD).
− As your profits increase, additional contract limits become available. If your profits decrease, your maximum position size may also be reduced accordingly.
− Please note that contract limits also vary depending on the exchange and product traded. Certain highly volatile contracts may have lower maximum position sizes.
− $25,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 1 / 10 | 1 / 10 | 1 / 10 | 0 / 5 |
| $2,000+ | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 1 / 10 |
− $50,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 1 / 10 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 1 / 15 |
| $4,000+ | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
− $100,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 1 / 15 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
| $4,000 – $5,999 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 2 / 25 |
| $6,000+ | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 3 / 30 |
− $150,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 2 / 25 |
| $4,000 – $5,999 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 3 / 30 |
| $6,000 – $8,999 | 8 / 80 | 8 / 80 | 6 / 60 | 4 / 40 |
| $9,000+ | 10 / 100 | 8 / 80 | 6 / 60 | 5 / 50 |
− Attempting to intentionally circumvent the Live Scaling Plan may result in an account review by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
− Live Bonus
− The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
− To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
−
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
− Example
− A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
− Each account begins with:
− - $0 starting balance
− - $2,000 Live drawdown
− Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
− In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
− Please note that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
Section: What happens if I breach my Live Account?
− - A standard 2-week cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
+ - A standard 28 day cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
If you have any questions regarding the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account Program, please contact our support team through Live Chat or by emailing [email protected]. We're always happy to help.
TUnlistedTraders Launch · FAQ - Traders LaunchProfit targets, drawdown amounts, contract limits and buffer amounts restructured; standard accounts now have unified terms while legacy NYC accounts have separate terms. TIER: majorSep 12
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
None. You pay the evaluation fee once. No activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're Simfunded, no hidden costs at any stage. The one-time evaluation purchase is all you pay.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, Russia, Belarus, Myanmar, Zimbabwe, Sudan, South Sudan, or Venezuela. See our Terms for the authoritative current list.
What are the profit targets?
Section: What are the profit targets?
− Targets depend on account size and session. 100K: $2,000 (both sessions). 200K: $3,000 (NYC) or $4,000 (22-hour). 300K: $5,000 (NYC) or $6,000 (22-hour). You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension at no extra cost. Simfunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
Yes - 3 minimum trading days during the evaluation. You can't pass on a single day even if you hit the profit target. Simfunded accounts have no minimum trading days before requesting a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
Section: How does the drawdown work?
− Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000 (NYC) or $2,000 (22-hour); 300K: $2,000 (NYC) or $3,000 (22-hour). We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account.
Are there inactivity rules?
Yes. During evaluation and in your Simfunded account, you must place at least 1 trade per week. During evaluation: missing a week deactivates your account. In your Simfunded account: missing a week pauses it - you remain eligible for profits and payouts but need to reactivate.
What are the contract limits?
Section: What are the contract limits?
− Starting sizes: 100K NYC = 5 micros; 200K NYC = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K NYC = 2 minis or 20 micros; 100K 22-hour = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K 22-hour = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K 22-hour = 6 minis or 60 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
What is the commission per contract?
$0.50 per side - not round trip. You pay $0.50 when you open a position and $0.50 when you close it, so a full round-trip trade costs $1.00 per contract in commissions.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
Hedging is not permitted. This includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as being long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as being long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. This rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. However, repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
Scalping is allowed. For purposes of this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. HFT-style trading is not permitted. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, your account may be flagged by our HFT filter and paused for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited. Excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed within the rules described here and in the Terms.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases using someone else's card are blocked as a fraud prevention measure. No exceptions.
Is the 100K account truly one-step with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your Simfunded account, and become eligible for payouts. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
Section: What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
− After passing the evaluation you're moved into a Simfunded account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000 (NYC) or $2,000 (22-hour); 300K: $2,000 (NYC) or $3,000 (22-hour). Once you're above your buffer you're payout-eligible. You move into your Simfunded account on one of our brokers (NinjaTrader or IBKR) once the buffer is cleared.
What are the payout rules?
Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep 55% or 80% of profits based on the plan you chose when you purchased. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly - when the funds arrive at your bank depends on your bank's processing time. We set conservative expectations and aim to exceed them.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
No. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance (which happens as you grow past the buffer stage), it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your Simfunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Three options: TradingView (browser-based, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). MES and MNQ come pre-loaded on all accounts. MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), and MYM (Dow micro) are available by request. All three platforms work for evaluation and Simfunded accounts.
What are the trading hours?
Section: What are the trading hours?
− Two session options. NYC Session: 9:30am–4:00pm ET. 22-Hour Session: 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. You pick your session at purchase - it affects your fee, profit targets, contract limits, and drawdown. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
Micro and mini futures. Pre-loaded: MES (S&P 500 micro) and MNQ (Nasdaq micro). Available by request: MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), MYM (Dow micro). Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
Yes, through their futures equivalents. SPX → ES or MES. NDX → NQ or MNQ. Gold → GC or MGC. Oil → CL or MCL. US30/Dow → YM or MYM. All available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. No separate Quantower subscription is needed - access is included. Full setup instructions are sent in your account setup email. If you run into issues, reach out in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Up to 5 evaluation accounts and up to 5 Simfunded accounts active at the same time. All funded traders move into a Simfunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
After
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
None. You pay the evaluation fee once. No activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're Simfunded, no hidden costs at any stage. The one-time evaluation purchase is all you pay.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, Russia, Belarus, Myanmar, Zimbabwe, Sudan, South Sudan, or Venezuela. See our Terms for the authoritative current list.
What are the profit targets?
Section: What are the profit targets?
+ For our standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $4,000; 300K: $6,000. Legacy NYC targets: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $3,000; 300K: $5,000. You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension at no extra cost. Simfunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
Yes - 3 minimum trading days during the evaluation. You can't pass on a single day even if you hit the profit target. Simfunded accounts have no minimum trading days before requesting a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
Section: How does the drawdown work?
+ Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account.
Are there inactivity rules?
Yes. During evaluation and in your Simfunded account, you must place at least 1 trade per week. During evaluation: missing a week deactivates your account. In your Simfunded account: missing a week pauses it - you remain eligible for profits and payouts but need to reactivate.
What are the contract limits?
Section: What are the contract limits?
+ Standard 55% and 80% starting sizes: 100K = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K = 6 minis or 60 micros. Legacy NYC starting sizes: 100K = 5 micros; 200K = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K = 2 minis or 20 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
What is the commission per contract?
$0.50 per side - not round trip. You pay $0.50 when you open a position and $0.50 when you close it, so a full round-trip trade costs $1.00 per contract in commissions.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
Hedging is not permitted. This includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as being long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as being long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. This rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. However, repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
Scalping is allowed. For purposes of this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. HFT-style trading is not permitted. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, your account may be flagged by our HFT filter and paused for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited. Excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed within the rules described here and in the Terms.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases using someone else's card are blocked as a fraud prevention measure. No exceptions.
Is the 100K account truly one-step with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your Simfunded account, and become eligible for payouts. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
Section: What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
+ After passing the evaluation you're moved into a Simfunded account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you're above your buffer you're payout-eligible. You move into your Simfunded account on one of our brokers (NinjaTrader or IBKR) once the buffer is cleared.
What are the payout rules?
Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep 55% or 80% of profits based on the plan you chose when you purchased. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly - when the funds arrive at your bank depends on your bank's processing time. We set conservative expectations and aim to exceed them.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
No. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance (which happens as you grow past the buffer stage), it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your Simfunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Three options: TradingView (browser-based, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). MES and MNQ come pre-loaded on all accounts. MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), and MYM (Dow micro) are available by request. All three platforms work for evaluation and Simfunded accounts.
What are the trading hours?
Section: What are the trading hours?
+ Our standard 55% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. NYC accounts are planned to be phased out; no retirement date has been announced. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
Micro and mini futures. Pre-loaded: MES (S&P 500 micro) and MNQ (Nasdaq micro). Available by request: MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), MYM (Dow micro). Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
Yes, through their futures equivalents. SPX → ES or MES. NDX → NQ or MNQ. Gold → GC or MGC. Oil → CL or MCL. US30/Dow → YM or MYM. All available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. No separate Quantower subscription is needed - access is included. Full setup instructions are sent in your account setup email. If you run into issues, reach out in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Up to 5 evaluation accounts and up to 5 Simfunded accounts active at the same time. All funded traders move into a Simfunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
Traders Launch is for people who already know how to trade futures. You need to understand risk management and how to use a trading platform. We don't teach you to trade - we fund you once you prove you can.
How much does it cost to get started?
You pay a one-time evaluation fee ranging from $49 to $599 depending on account size, session, and profit-split plan. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension - no extra charge. There's no subscription and no recurring billing.
Are there any activation fees or hidden costs?
None. You pay the evaluation fee once. No activation fee when you pass, no recurring charge once you're Simfunded, no hidden costs at any stage. The one-time evaluation purchase is all you pay.
Are there any restricted countries?
Yes. Traders Launch does not accept traders from Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, Russia, Belarus, Myanmar, Zimbabwe, Sudan, South Sudan, or Venezuela. See our Terms for the authoritative current list.
What are the profit targets?
Section: What are the profit targets?
− Targets depend on account size and session. 100K: $2,000 (both sessions). 200K: $3,000 (NYC) or $4,000 (22-hour). 300K: $5,000 (NYC) or $6,000 (22-hour). You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
+ For our standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $4,000; 300K: $6,000. Legacy NYC targets: 100K: $2,000; 200K: $3,000; 300K: $5,000. You need to hit this target while staying above your drawdown floor.
Is there a maximum time limit to pass?
The evaluation window is 60 days. If you haven't passed by day 60 but you're above 50% of your profit target, you automatically get a free 30-day extension at no extra cost. Simfunded accounts have no time limit once you're funded.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
Yes - 3 minimum trading days during the evaluation. You can't pass on a single day even if you hit the profit target. Simfunded accounts have no minimum trading days before requesting a payout.
How does the drawdown work?
Section: How does the drawdown work?
− Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000 (NYC) or $2,000 (22-hour); 300K: $2,000 (NYC) or $3,000 (22-hour). We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
+ Traders Launch uses End of Day (EOD) drawdown - not intraday trailing. Your drawdown level is calculated from your closing balance each session. It only moves up, never down. Once your account grows enough that the drawdown floor would reach your starting balance, it locks there permanently. Drawdown amounts: standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. We do not use intraday trailing drawdown, which we consider predatory.
What is the 40% rule?
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total profits at evaluation end. If you're about to hit that limit, the system auto-closes your positions and locks you out for the rest of that session. This prevents a single lucky day from carrying the whole evaluation. The 40% rule does not apply in your Simfunded account.
Are there inactivity rules?
Yes. During evaluation and in your Simfunded account, you must place at least 1 trade per week. During evaluation: missing a week deactivates your account. In your Simfunded account: missing a week pauses it - you remain eligible for profits and payouts but need to reactivate.
What are the contract limits?
Section: What are the contract limits?
− Starting sizes: 100K NYC = 5 micros; 200K NYC = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K NYC = 2 minis or 20 micros; 100K 22-hour = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K 22-hour = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K 22-hour = 6 minis or 60 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
+ Standard 55% and 80% starting sizes: 100K = 2 minis or 20 micros; 200K = 4 minis or 40 micros; 300K = 6 minis or 60 micros. Legacy NYC starting sizes: 100K = 5 micros; 200K = 1 mini or 10 micros; 300K = 2 minis or 20 micros. Maximum across all account sizes: 15 minis (or equivalent in micros).
What is the commission per contract?
$0.50 per side - not round trip. You pay $0.50 when you open a position and $0.50 when you close it, so a full round-trip trade costs $1.00 per contract in commissions.
Are there restrictions on hedging?
Hedging is not permitted. This includes hedging the same instrument across multiple accounts, such as being long NQ in one account and short NQ in another; hedging through correlated instruments, such as being long NQ and short ES; and coordinating with another trader or group of traders to create offsetting positions across separate accounts. This rule applies whether the accounts belong to the same trader or to different traders acting together.
Can I average into positions?
Reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed. However, repeatedly adding size to losing positions, especially as a routine part of most trades, is considered excessive martingale-style trading and may result in an account review.
Are scalping and high-frequency trading allowed?
Scalping is allowed. For purposes of this rule, scalping means trades held for 5–30 seconds. HFT-style trading is not permitted. If more than 10% of your trades are opened and fully closed within two seconds, your account may be flagged by our HFT filter and paused for review.
Are there any prohibited trading rules?
Yes. Hedging and HFT-style trading are prohibited. Excessive martingale-style trading may result in an account review. Scalping and reasonable scaling and averaging are allowed within the rules described here and in the Terms.
Do I need to use my own card to purchase?
Yes. The name on the payment card must match your registered account name. Purchases using someone else's card are blocked as a fraud prevention measure. No exceptions.
Is the 100K account truly one-step with no Phase 2?
Yes. You pass the evaluation, build your buffer in your Simfunded account, and become eligible for payouts. There is no Phase 2, no second evaluation, and no post-pass consistency check.
What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
Section: What is the buffer stage and how much do I need to build?
− After passing the evaluation you're moved into a Simfunded account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000 (NYC) or $2,000 (22-hour); 300K: $2,000 (NYC) or $3,000 (22-hour). Once you're above your buffer you're payout-eligible. You move into your Simfunded account on one of our brokers (NinjaTrader or IBKR) once the buffer is cleared.
+ After passing the evaluation you're moved into a Simfunded account. Before requesting your first payout, you need to build a small profit buffer above your starting balance. Buffer amounts: standard 55% and 80% accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $2,000; 300K: $3,000. Legacy NYC accounts: 100K: $1,000; 200K: $1,000; 300K: $2,000. Once you're above your buffer you're payout-eligible. You move into your Simfunded account on one of our brokers (NinjaTrader or IBKR) once the buffer is cleared.
What are the payout rules?
Your Simfunded account must be above +1% profit from your starting balance to request a payout. You keep 55% or 80% of profits based on the plan you chose when you purchased. No consistency rules once you're Simfunded. No time restrictions on when you can request. At $100,000 in cumulative payouts you are paused and become eligible for scaling opportunities, including increased allocations and priority consideration for live-capital opportunities.
How and when do I get paid?
Payouts are processed daily. Crypto (USDT on Solana) and ACH bank transfers are processed every 24 hours. Wire transfers are processed weekly - when the funds arrive at your bank depends on your bank's processing time. We set conservative expectations and aim to exceed them.
Do payouts affect my drawdown level?
No. Once your drawdown locks at your starting balance (which happens as you grow past the buffer stage), it stays fixed regardless of payouts. Taking a payout does not lower your drawdown floor. Your drawdown is permanently locked once you've cleared the buffer stage and entered your Simfunded account.
What trading platforms are available?
Three options: TradingView (browser-based, no download), Volumetrica (desktop and web), and Quantower (desktop). MES and MNQ come pre-loaded on all accounts. MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), and MYM (Dow micro) are available by request. All three platforms work for evaluation and Simfunded accounts.
What are the trading hours?
Section: What are the trading hours?
− Two session options. NYC Session: 9:30am–4:00pm ET. 22-Hour Session: 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. You pick your session at purchase - it affects your fee, profit targets, contract limits, and drawdown. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
+ Our standard 55% and 80% accounts trade from 6:00pm–4:00pm ET the following day. Legacy NYC accounts trade from 9:30am–4:00pm ET and remain available in the Legacy accounts section. NYC accounts are planned to be phased out; no retirement date has been announced. Legacy pricing, targets, contract limits, and drawdown still apply. You can't switch sessions mid-evaluation.
What instruments can I trade?
Micro and mini futures. Pre-loaded: MES (S&P 500 micro) and MNQ (Nasdaq micro). Available by request: MGC (gold micro), MCL (crude oil micro), SIL (silver micro), MYM (Dow micro). Full-size minis (ES, NQ, GC, CL, YM) are also tradeable within your contract limits.
Can I trade SPX, NDX, gold, or oil?
Yes, through their futures equivalents. SPX → ES or MES. NDX → NQ or MNQ. Gold → GC or MGC. Oil → CL or MCL. US30/Dow → YM or MYM. All available within your account's contract limits.
How do I log in to Quantower?
Use your Volumetrica credentials to connect Quantower to your Traders Launch account. No separate Quantower subscription is needed - access is included. Full setup instructions are sent in your account setup email. If you run into issues, reach out in Discord.
How many accounts can I have?
Up to 5 evaluation accounts and up to 5 Simfunded accounts active at the same time. All funded traders move into a Simfunded account once they clear the buffer stage.
PremierFundedNext Futures · Support & Promotion | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSep 12
PremierFundedNext Futures · Withdrawals & Payments | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSep 12
PremierFundedNext Futures · Tracking, Ledger & Milestones | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSep 12
PremierFundedNext Futures · Sub-Affiliation | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSep 12
PremierFundedNext Futures · Attribution & Commissions | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSep 12
PremierFundedNext Futures · Referral Codes, Links & Campaigns | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSep 12
PremierFundedNext Futures · Getting Started | FundedNext Futures Help CenterSep 12
PremierBluSky · Propel Plans: Phases, Rules and Costs | BluSky Rules and Help CenterMinimum balance requirement reduced from $500-$1,000 to $100 across all account sizes.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $500 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $1,000 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $1,000 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $500 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $1,000 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $1,000 | $250 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
After
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $500 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $1,000 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $1,000 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $500 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $1,000 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $1,000 | $250 | $3,000 |
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
PremierDayTraders.com · EOD Account Rules | DayTraders.com Help CenterEOD Trailing Drawdown calculation changed from highest balance to session ending balance.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,000 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 50% | 50% | 50% | 50% |
1. Simulated Profit Goal and Drawdown:
Section: 1. Simulated Profit Goal and Drawdown:
− Maintain your account balance at or above the profit goal while staying within the drawdown limit for your selected EOD account. The EOD Trailing Drawdown locks in each night based on your session's highest balance; it does not trail intraday.
For Pro Accounts only:
Once the drawdown reaches your starting balance, it stops moving permanently. From that point, you cannot lose your initial starting capital.
2. Minimum Days to Pass:
All EOD evaluation accounts require a minimum of 2 Qualifying Days to complete the evaluation, regardless of whether the Profit Target has already been reached.
- A Qualifying Day is any day your net profit meets or exceeds the Minimum Daily Profit for your account size and is within the consistency rule.
- Days below the minimum daily profit threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement.
3. Consistency Rule (50%):
During the evaluation phase, a 50% consistency rule applies. This means no single trading day can be larger than 50% of the total simulated profits.
- Note: If your account does not meet the 50% consistency rule, you may continue trading until either the simulated profit target is met or you hit the account's drawdown limit.
Pro Tip:
Check your consistency with our Consistency Calculator on the members dashboard .
How to use it HERE
After
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,000 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 50% | 50% | 50% | 50% |
1. Simulated Profit Goal and Drawdown:
Section: 1. Simulated Profit Goal and Drawdown:
+ Maintain your account balance at or above the profit goal while staying within the drawdown limit for your selected EOD account. The EOD Trailing Drawdown locks in each night based on your session's ending balance; it does not trail intraday.
For Pro Accounts only:
Once the drawdown reaches your starting balance, it stops moving permanently. From that point, you cannot lose your initial starting capital.
2. Minimum Days to Pass:
All EOD evaluation accounts require a minimum of 2 Qualifying Days to complete the evaluation, regardless of whether the Profit Target has already been reached.
- A Qualifying Day is any day your net profit meets or exceeds the Minimum Daily Profit for your account size and is within the consistency rule.
- Days below the minimum daily profit threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement.
3. Consistency Rule (50%):
During the evaluation phase, a 50% consistency rule applies. This means no single trading day can be larger than 50% of the total simulated profits.
- Note: If your account does not meet the 50% consistency rule, you may continue trading until either the simulated profit target is met or you hit the account's drawdown limit.
Pro Tip:
Check your consistency with our Consistency Calculator on the members dashboard .
How to use it HERE
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,000 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
| Min. Daily Profit | $100 | $200 | $300 | $400 |
| Consistency Rule | 50% | 50% | 50% | 50% |
1. Simulated Profit Goal and Drawdown:
Section: 1. Simulated Profit Goal and Drawdown:
− Maintain your account balance at or above the profit goal while staying within the drawdown limit for your selected EOD account. The EOD Trailing Drawdown locks in each night based on your session's highest balance; it does not trail intraday.
+ Maintain your account balance at or above the profit goal while staying within the drawdown limit for your selected EOD account. The EOD Trailing Drawdown locks in each night based on your session's ending balance; it does not trail intraday.
For Pro Accounts only:
Once the drawdown reaches your starting balance, it stops moving permanently. From that point, you cannot lose your initial starting capital.
2. Minimum Days to Pass:
All EOD evaluation accounts require a minimum of 2 Qualifying Days to complete the evaluation, regardless of whether the Profit Target has already been reached.
- A Qualifying Day is any day your net profit meets or exceeds the Minimum Daily Profit for your account size and is within the consistency rule.
- Days below the minimum daily profit threshold will not count toward the 2-day requirement.
3. Consistency Rule (50%):
During the evaluation phase, a 50% consistency rule applies. This means no single trading day can be larger than 50% of the total simulated profits.
- Note: If your account does not meet the 50% consistency rule, you may continue trading until either the simulated profit target is met or you hit the account's drawdown limit.
Pro Tip:
Check your consistency with our Consistency Calculator on the members dashboard .
How to use it HERE
PremierDayTraders.com · Evaluation Account Sizes, Fees, and Details | DayTraders.com Help Center$150,000 account tier's first payout parameter changed from $6,750 to $10,000.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $8,500 | $4,500 |
|---|---|---|---|
| $300,000 | 40 / 400 | $15,000 | $7,000 |
STATIC ACCOUNTS:
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 4 / 40 | $2,500 | $750 |
| $50,000 | 6 / 60 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
| $100,000 | 8 / 80 | $5,750 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | 8 / 80 | $6,750 | $1,750 |
S2F EOD ACCOUNTS:
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|
| $25,000 | 2 / 20 | $2,500 | $750 |
| $50,000 | 10 / 100 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
Section: S2F EOD ACCOUNTS:
−
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|---|---|---|
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $6,750 | $1,750 |
Full EOD Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD |
|---|
| Account Type | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,500 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
After
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $8,500 | $4,500 |
|---|---|---|---|
| $300,000 | 40 / 400 | $15,000 | $7,000 |
STATIC ACCOUNTS:
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 4 / 40 | $2,500 | $750 |
| $50,000 | 6 / 60 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
| $100,000 | 8 / 80 | $5,750 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | 8 / 80 | $6,750 | $1,750 |
S2F EOD ACCOUNTS:
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|
| $25,000 | 2 / 20 | $2,500 | $750 |
| $50,000 | 10 / 100 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
Section: S2F EOD ACCOUNTS:
+
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|---|---|---|
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $10,000 | $1,750 |
Full EOD Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD |
|---|
| Account Type | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,500 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $8,500 | $4,500 |
|---|---|---|---|
| $300,000 | 40 / 400 | $15,000 | $7,000 |
STATIC ACCOUNTS:
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 4 / 40 | $2,500 | $750 |
| $50,000 | 6 / 60 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
| $100,000 | 8 / 80 | $5,750 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | 8 / 80 | $6,750 | $1,750 |
S2F EOD ACCOUNTS:
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|
| $25,000 | 2 / 20 | $2,500 | $750 |
| $50,000 | 10 / 100 | $3,750 | $1,000 |
Section: S2F EOD ACCOUNTS:
−
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|---|---|---|
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $6,750 | $1,750 |
+
| Account Size | Contracts (Mini / Micro) | Profit Target | Drawdown |
|---|---|---|---|
| $150,000 | 20 / 200 | $10,000 | $1,750 |
Full EOD Account Parameters:
| 25k EOD | 50k EOD | 150k EOD | 300k EOD |
|---|
| Account Type | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Starting Capital | $25,000 | $50,000 | $150,000 | $300,000 |
| Min. Days to Pass | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days | 2 Qualifying Days |
| Contracts | 6 (60 Micros) | 10 (100 Micros) | 12 (120 Micros) | 40 (400 Micros) |
| Max Total EOD Accounts | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
| Drawdown Type | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing | EOD Trailing |
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $8,500 | $15,000 |
| Total Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $4,500 | $6,500 |
| Daily Loss Limit | $800 | $1,250 | $2,000 | $3,250 |
| Scaling | None | None | None | None |
PremierE8 Markets · September Holiday Trading Schedule | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesTrading schedule Labour Day description changed from Forex and Crypto accounts to Classic Markets and Perpetuals.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Section: Trading schedule - Labour Day (Classic Markets + Perpetuals)
− Trading schedule - Labour Day (Forex and Crypto accounts)
Labour Day (GMT+3)
| Instrument | Monday - September 07th (GMT+3) |
|---|
| WTI | Early Close 21:30 |
| BRENT | Early Close 20:30 |
| XAUUSD | Early Close 21:30 |
| XAGUSD | Early Close 21:30 |
| DAX | Early Close 23:00 |
| DOW | Early Close 20:00 |
| NIKKEI | Early Close 20:00 |
| NSDQ | Early Close 20:00 |
| SP | Early Close 20:00 |
Trading schedule (Futures accounts)
After
Section: Trading schedule - Labour Day (Classic Markets + Perpetuals)
+ Trading schedule - Labour Day (Classic Markets + Perpetuals)
Labour Day (GMT+3)
| Instrument | Monday - September 07th (GMT+3) |
|---|
| WTI | Early Close 21:30 |
| BRENT | Early Close 20:30 |
| XAUUSD | Early Close 21:30 |
| XAGUSD | Early Close 21:30 |
| DAX | Early Close 23:00 |
| DOW | Early Close 20:00 |
| NIKKEI | Early Close 20:00 |
| NSDQ | Early Close 20:00 |
| SP | Early Close 20:00 |
Trading schedule (Futures accounts)
Section: Trading schedule - Labour Day (Classic Markets + Perpetuals)
− Trading schedule - Labour Day (Forex and Crypto accounts)
+ Trading schedule - Labour Day (Classic Markets + Perpetuals)
Labour Day (GMT+3)
| Instrument | Monday - September 07th (GMT+3) |
|---|
| WTI | Early Close 21:30 |
| BRENT | Early Close 20:30 |
| XAUUSD | Early Close 21:30 |
| XAGUSD | Early Close 21:30 |
| DAX | Early Close 23:00 |
| DOW | Early Close 20:00 |
| NIKKEI | Early Close 20:00 |
| NSDQ | Early Close 20:00 |
| SP | Early Close 20:00 |
Trading schedule (Futures accounts)
PremierE8 Markets · What is Payout On Demand? | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesE8 One Crypto removed from Payout On Demand feature; E8 Signature Crypto removed from on-demand rules.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Most platforms make you wait. Payout On Demand does not.
Once you reach the SimFi Performance Account stage on E8 Signature and meet the eligibility conditions, you can request a payout at any time - no fixed schedule, no unnecessary waiting.
Payout On Demand was introduced to reward the right trading behaviours:
- Consistent performance over time
- Disciplined risk management
- Clean, verifiable performance data
How it works:
To take advantage of the Payout On Demand feature, you must satisfy a few rules (which vary depending on the product you have chosen).
Section: On demand for For the E8 One:
− On demand for For the E8 One & E8 One Crypto:
- 40% Best Day rule: With a 40% best-day rule, you must ensure that no single trading day exceeds more than 40% of your total generated profits.
- Your net profit (payout) must be greater than 50% of your daily drawdown.
Example: If you have a $100,000 account and your daily drawdown is 4%, the minimum amount required for a payout is $2,000.01
The earliest first payout (E8 One) can be requested is 3 days from the start of your trading period in the performance stage. This is not a separate waiting rule - it is simply how the Best Day Rule works in practice, as 3 days is the fastest the math can work in your favour.
On-demand does not apply to E8 Pro and E8 Zero models, as these products have daily payouts. With E8 Pro, the minimum is 1%, and with E8 Zero, it's $100.
Section: On demand rules For the E8 Signature Forex, E8 Signature Futures:
− On demand rules For the E8 Signature Forex, E8 Signature Crypto, E8 Signature Futures:
35% Best Day rule: With a 35% best-day rule, you must ensure that no single trading day exceeds more than 35% of your total generated profits.
Minimum payout is $100.
Amounts are taken from your net profit. Meaning, with 80% payout, you need to request at least $125.
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You also have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable trading days will reset to 0.
Payout buffer: Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown.The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 4% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $4000.
Payout caps -Payout caps determine how much you can request in a single payout.
| Account size | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1. Payout | $1,000 | $1,250 | $2,250 | $3,250 |
| 2. Payout | $1,000 | $1,250 | $2,250 | $3,250 |
After
Most platforms make you wait. Payout On Demand does not.
Once you reach the SimFi Performance Account stage on E8 Signature and meet the eligibility conditions, you can request a payout at any time - no fixed schedule, no unnecessary waiting.
Payout On Demand was introduced to reward the right trading behaviours:
- Consistent performance over time
- Disciplined risk management
- Clean, verifiable performance data
How it works:
To take advantage of the Payout On Demand feature, you must satisfy a few rules (which vary depending on the product you have chosen).
Section: On demand for For the E8 One:
+ On demand for For the E8 One:
- 40% Best Day rule: With a 40% best-day rule, you must ensure that no single trading day exceeds more than 40% of your total generated profits.
- Your net profit (payout) must be greater than 50% of your daily drawdown.
Example: If you have a $100,000 account and your daily drawdown is 4%, the minimum amount required for a payout is $2,000.01
The earliest first payout (E8 One) can be requested is 3 days from the start of your trading period in the performance stage. This is not a separate waiting rule - it is simply how the Best Day Rule works in practice, as 3 days is the fastest the math can work in your favour.
On-demand does not apply to E8 Pro and E8 Zero models, as these products have daily payouts. With E8 Pro, the minimum is 1%, and with E8 Zero, it's $100.
Section: On demand rules For the E8 Signature Forex, E8 Signature Futures:
+ On demand rules For the E8 Signature Forex, E8 Signature Futures:
35% Best Day rule: With a 35% best-day rule, you must ensure that no single trading day exceeds more than 35% of your total generated profits.
Minimum payout is $100.
Amounts are taken from your net profit. Meaning, with 80% payout, you need to request at least $125.
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You also have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable trading days will reset to 0.
Payout buffer: Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown.The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 4% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $4000.
Payout caps -Payout caps determine how much you can request in a single payout.
| Account size | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1. Payout | $1,000 | $1,250 | $2,250 | $3,250 |
| 2. Payout | $1,000 | $1,250 | $2,250 | $3,250 |
Most platforms make you wait. Payout On Demand does not.
Once you reach the SimFi Performance Account stage on E8 Signature and meet the eligibility conditions, you can request a payout at any time - no fixed schedule, no unnecessary waiting.
Payout On Demand was introduced to reward the right trading behaviours:
- Consistent performance over time
- Disciplined risk management
- Clean, verifiable performance data
How it works:
To take advantage of the Payout On Demand feature, you must satisfy a few rules (which vary depending on the product you have chosen).
Section: On demand for For the E8 One:
− On demand for For the E8 One & E8 One Crypto:
+ On demand for For the E8 One:
- 40% Best Day rule: With a 40% best-day rule, you must ensure that no single trading day exceeds more than 40% of your total generated profits.
- Your net profit (payout) must be greater than 50% of your daily drawdown.
Example: If you have a $100,000 account and your daily drawdown is 4%, the minimum amount required for a payout is $2,000.01
The earliest first payout (E8 One) can be requested is 3 days from the start of your trading period in the performance stage. This is not a separate waiting rule - it is simply how the Best Day Rule works in practice, as 3 days is the fastest the math can work in your favour.
On-demand does not apply to E8 Pro and E8 Zero models, as these products have daily payouts. With E8 Pro, the minimum is 1%, and with E8 Zero, it's $100.
Section: On demand rules For the E8 Signature Forex, E8 Signature Futures:
− On demand rules For the E8 Signature Forex, E8 Signature Crypto, E8 Signature Futures:
+ On demand rules For the E8 Signature Forex, E8 Signature Futures:
35% Best Day rule: With a 35% best-day rule, you must ensure that no single trading day exceeds more than 35% of your total generated profits.
Minimum payout is $100.
Amounts are taken from your net profit. Meaning, with 80% payout, you need to request at least $125.
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You also have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable trading days will reset to 0.
Payout buffer: Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown.The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 4% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $4000.
Payout caps -Payout caps determine how much you can request in a single payout.
| Account size | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1. Payout | $1,000 | $1,250 | $2,250 | $3,250 |
| 2. Payout | $1,000 | $1,250 | $2,250 | $3,250 |
PremierE8 Markets · Everything about Payouts (When, How, How fast..) | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesAeropay payout option added for U.S. clients with same-day-or-faster bank settlement, plus minor wording changes.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
When?
Payouts can be requested only in the SimFi™ Performance stage. Generally, there is no fixed schedule, no unnecessary waiting, with our programs, you can request daily or anytime, as long as all on-demand requirements, such as Best day, are fulfilled.
Full on-demand rules can be found here: E8 one, E8 Crypto, E8 Signature
With on-demand rules on products such as E8 One or E8 Signature, the earliest first payout can be requested is 3 days from the start of your trading period in the performance stage. This is not a separate waiting rule - it is simply how the Best Day Rule works in practice, as 3 days is the fastest the math can work in your favour.
On-demand does not apply to E8 Pro and E8 Zero models, as these products have daily payouts. With E8 Pro, the minimum is 1%, and with E8 Zero, it's $100.
Who?
At this moment, payouts are processed through our third-party providers, such as:
- WorkMarket - this option provides fast bank transfers to your account.
- Rise - With Rise, you have the quickest and most flexible solution for onboarding and making global payments in either cash or cryptocurrency, all accessible from a single platform.
Section: Who?
To receive the payout, you need to be allowed to onboard by WorkMarket or Riseworks
- WorkMarket supported countries
- Rise unsupported countries and unsupported States or Territories in the USA
If you can't undergo WorkMarket and Riseworks KYC, we cannot provide you with a payout payment. There are no direct crypto payment solutions, and all payouts can be processed only through our partners.
We don’t charge any commissions or fees for payouts, but the processor of the payouts may charge depending on the option you are using.
How?
Payouts can be requested within the SimFi performance stage directly from the dashboard, as you can see below.
Once you are eligible for a payout, the request payout button will light up. If you are unable to click on it, it is most likely due to not fulfilling all your requirements. For such an unfinished objective, you will see the status as "pending" in the Payout overview within your dashboard.
Please note that the minimum payout that you can request with every product type is $100.
Amounts are taken from your payout %. Meaning, with 80% payout, you need to request at least $125.
Canceling payout
Made a mistake on your payout request? As long as our team has not yet confirmed it or sent you an invitation to Rise/WorkMarket, you can cancel the request and resubmit with the correct amount and provider.
How fast?
Let's take a look at our two main median payout stats (January 1 – May 1, 2026):
- 11 hours from Payout request to approval by our team (you can start trading after approval)
- 24 hours from payout request to funds arriving in your Rise or Workmarket account
This means that:
- 50% of all payouts are approved within 11 hours
- Payments for 50% of all payouts are received by users within 24 hours
What is important to know is that these are median times. The overall process can also take up to 5 business days sometimes, and the length of the process may depend on various factors such as:
- Day of request (During the weekend, payouts are not being processed)
- Onboarding time of the user (Make sure that everything is done on your side within your Rise/Workmarket account)
- individual characteristics (Rise/Workmarket may request additional information)
Full Process for Payout Request:
Section: How fast?
− - After your request payout, we will send you an invitation link for WorkMarket / Riseworks.io
- When you receive an invitation, you need to sign and fill out the necessary documents like PSA agreements, fill out Tax information, and you might be required to provide additional KYC information like proof of address.
- After everything is processed and approved by our partners, we will send the payment to your Rise/Workmarket account.
What if my Rise/Workmarket accounts are already verified?
- If this is your first payout and you already have a Rise/WorkMarket account, simply follow the steps via the onboarding link to connect your account on Rise/WorkMarket that we will send trough an email.
− - If you have already received a payout with us before, you can skip the previous steps and simply wait for the payment that will arrive into your Rise/Workmarket account.
The length of time it takes to receive money from the Rise / Workmarket account depends on the payment method you choose. Crypto payments through Rise will be faster than Wire Transfer from Workmarket, for example.
Do I need to leave Buffer in the account when requesting a payout?
Since the payout amount you are requesting is being deducted from the Performance account, in certain situations and products, it is crucial to leave a buffer; otherwise, your Dynamic/EOD/Static drawdowns might be negatively affected.
E8 One - Yes, in specific situations, it is better to leave a buffer in the account. There is a dedicated article explaining the whole process. Article.
E8 Pro - Thanks to the built-in payout mechanism on these accounts, there is no need to leave a buffer, and you can always request as much as the account allows you.
Note: Daily Drawdown or Daily Pause is never affected by payout requests. Once the payout is requested, those limits are calculated from your new balance.
After
When?
Payouts can be requested only in the SimFi™ Performance stage. Generally, there is no fixed schedule, no unnecessary waiting, with our programs, you can request daily or anytime, as long as all on-demand requirements, such as Best day, are fulfilled.
Full on-demand rules can be found here: E8 one, E8 Crypto, E8 Signature
With on-demand rules on products such as E8 One or E8 Signature, the earliest first payout can be requested is 3 days from the start of your trading period in the performance stage. This is not a separate waiting rule - it is simply how the Best Day Rule works in practice, as 3 days is the fastest the math can work in your favour.
On-demand does not apply to E8 Pro and E8 Zero models, as these products have daily payouts. With E8 Pro, the minimum is 1%, and with E8 Zero, it's $100.
Who?
At this moment, payouts are processed through our third-party providers, such as:
- WorkMarket - this option provides fast bank transfers to your account.
- Rise - With Rise, you have the quickest and most flexible solution for onboarding and making global payments in either cash or cryptocurrency, all accessible from a single platform.
Section: Who?
+ - Aeoropay - A direct bank-to-bank payout option connecting to 12,000+ U.S. banks, with same-day-or-faster settlement. Available only for U.S. clients. This process might seem easier for some clients, as the whole process is done within our E8X Dashboard and you do not need to register anywhere else.
To receive the payout, you need to be allowed to onboard by WorkMarket or Riseworks
- WorkMarket supported countries
- Rise unsupported countries and unsupported States or Territories in the USA
If you can't undergo WorkMarket and Riseworks KYC, we cannot provide you with a payout payment. There are no direct crypto payment solutions, and all payouts can be processed only through our partners.
We don’t charge any commissions or fees for payouts, but the processor of the payouts may charge depending on the option you are using.
How?
Payouts can be requested within the SimFi performance stage directly from the dashboard, as you can see below.
Once you are eligible for a payout, the request payout button will light up. If you are unable to click on it, it is most likely due to not fulfilling all your requirements. For such an unfinished objective, you will see the status as "pending" in the Payout overview within your dashboard.
Please note that the minimum payout that you can request with every product type is $100.
Amounts are taken from your payout %. Meaning, with 80% payout, you need to request at least $125.
Canceling payout
Made a mistake on your payout request? As long as our team has not yet confirmed it or sent you an invitation to Rise/WorkMarket, you can cancel the request and resubmit with the correct amount and provider.
How fast?
Let's take a look at our two main median payout stats (January 1 – May 1, 2026):
- 11 hours from Payout request to approval by our team (you can start trading after approval)
- 24 hours from payout request to funds arriving in your Rise or Workmarket account
This means that:
- 50% of all payouts are approved within 11 hours
- Payments for 50% of all payouts are received by users within 24 hours
What is important to know is that these are median times. The overall process can also take up to 5 business days sometimes, and the length of the process may depend on various factors such as:
- Day of request (During the weekend, payouts are not being processed)
- Onboarding time of the user (Make sure that everything is done on your side within your Rise/Workmarket account)
- individual characteristics (Rise/Workmarket may request additional information)
Full Process for Payout Request:
Section: How fast?
+ - After your request a payout, we will send you an invitation link for WorkMarket / Riseworks.io
- When you receive an invitation, you need to sign and fill out the necessary documents like PSA agreements, fill out Tax information, and you might be required to provide additional KYC information like proof of address.
- After everything is processed and approved by our partners, we will send the payment to your Rise/Workmarket account.
What if my Rise/Workmarket accounts are already verified?
- If this is your first payout and you already have a Rise/WorkMarket account, simply follow the steps via the onboarding link to connect your account on Rise/WorkMarket that we will send trough an email.
+ - If you have already received a payout with us before, you can skip the previous steps and simply wait for the payment that will arrive in your Rise/Workmarket account.
+ Aeropay process:
+ - During your first payout request with Aeropay, you will have to complete phone verification and link your bank account.
+ - After that, you need to complete the W-8/W-9 tax Form (the button for that will appear within the specific account dashboard on which you request a payout).
+ - Once all of those steps are completed, we will process your approval and send the payment to your bank account.
+ - If you have already received a payout from us using this payment method, you can skip these steps and simply wait for the payment to arrive in your bank account.
The length of time it takes to receive money from the Rise / Workmarket account depends on the payment method you choose. Crypto payments through Rise will be faster than Wire Transfer from Workmarket, for example.
Do I need to leave Buffer in the account when requesting a payout?
Since the payout amount you are requesting is being deducted from the Performance account, in certain situations and products, it is crucial to leave a buffer; otherwise, your Dynamic/EOD/Static drawdowns might be negatively affected.
E8 One - Yes, in specific situations, it is better to leave a buffer in the account. There is a dedicated article explaining the whole process. Article.
E8 Pro - Thanks to the built-in payout mechanism on these accounts, there is no need to leave a buffer, and you can always request as much as the account allows you.
Note: Daily Drawdown or Daily Pause is never affected by payout requests. Once the payout is requested, those limits are calculated from your new balance.
When?
Payouts can be requested only in the SimFi™ Performance stage. Generally, there is no fixed schedule, no unnecessary waiting, with our programs, you can request daily or anytime, as long as all on-demand requirements, such as Best day, are fulfilled.
Full on-demand rules can be found here: E8 one, E8 Crypto, E8 Signature
With on-demand rules on products such as E8 One or E8 Signature, the earliest first payout can be requested is 3 days from the start of your trading period in the performance stage. This is not a separate waiting rule - it is simply how the Best Day Rule works in practice, as 3 days is the fastest the math can work in your favour.
On-demand does not apply to E8 Pro and E8 Zero models, as these products have daily payouts. With E8 Pro, the minimum is 1%, and with E8 Zero, it's $100.
Who?
At this moment, payouts are processed through our third-party providers, such as:
- WorkMarket - this option provides fast bank transfers to your account.
- Rise - With Rise, you have the quickest and most flexible solution for onboarding and making global payments in either cash or cryptocurrency, all accessible from a single platform.
Section: Who?
+ - Aeoropay - A direct bank-to-bank payout option connecting to 12,000+ U.S. banks, with same-day-or-faster settlement. Available only for U.S. clients. This process might seem easier for some clients, as the whole process is done within our E8X Dashboard and you do not need to register anywhere else.
To receive the payout, you need to be allowed to onboard by WorkMarket or Riseworks
- WorkMarket supported countries
- Rise unsupported countries and unsupported States or Territories in the USA
If you can't undergo WorkMarket and Riseworks KYC, we cannot provide you with a payout payment. There are no direct crypto payment solutions, and all payouts can be processed only through our partners.
We don’t charge any commissions or fees for payouts, but the processor of the payouts may charge depending on the option you are using.
How?
Payouts can be requested within the SimFi performance stage directly from the dashboard, as you can see below.
Once you are eligible for a payout, the request payout button will light up. If you are unable to click on it, it is most likely due to not fulfilling all your requirements. For such an unfinished objective, you will see the status as "pending" in the Payout overview within your dashboard.
Please note that the minimum payout that you can request with every product type is $100.
Amounts are taken from your payout %. Meaning, with 80% payout, you need to request at least $125.
Canceling payout
Made a mistake on your payout request? As long as our team has not yet confirmed it or sent you an invitation to Rise/WorkMarket, you can cancel the request and resubmit with the correct amount and provider.
How fast?
Let's take a look at our two main median payout stats (January 1 – May 1, 2026):
- 11 hours from Payout request to approval by our team (you can start trading after approval)
- 24 hours from payout request to funds arriving in your Rise or Workmarket account
This means that:
- 50% of all payouts are approved within 11 hours
- Payments for 50% of all payouts are received by users within 24 hours
What is important to know is that these are median times. The overall process can also take up to 5 business days sometimes, and the length of the process may depend on various factors such as:
- Day of request (During the weekend, payouts are not being processed)
- Onboarding time of the user (Make sure that everything is done on your side within your Rise/Workmarket account)
- individual characteristics (Rise/Workmarket may request additional information)
Full Process for Payout Request:
Section: How fast?
− - After your request payout, we will send you an invitation link for WorkMarket / Riseworks.io
+ - After your request a payout, we will send you an invitation link for WorkMarket / Riseworks.io
- When you receive an invitation, you need to sign and fill out the necessary documents like PSA agreements, fill out Tax information, and you might be required to provide additional KYC information like proof of address.
- After everything is processed and approved by our partners, we will send the payment to your Rise/Workmarket account.
What if my Rise/Workmarket accounts are already verified?
- If this is your first payout and you already have a Rise/WorkMarket account, simply follow the steps via the onboarding link to connect your account on Rise/WorkMarket that we will send trough an email.
− - If you have already received a payout with us before, you can skip the previous steps and simply wait for the payment that will arrive into your Rise/Workmarket account.
+ - If you have already received a payout with us before, you can skip the previous steps and simply wait for the payment that will arrive in your Rise/Workmarket account.
+ Aeropay process:
+ - During your first payout request with Aeropay, you will have to complete phone verification and link your bank account.
+ - After that, you need to complete the W-8/W-9 tax Form (the button for that will appear within the specific account dashboard on which you request a payout).
+ - Once all of those steps are completed, we will process your approval and send the payment to your bank account.
+ - If you have already received a payout from us using this payment method, you can skip these steps and simply wait for the payment to arrive in your bank account.
The length of time it takes to receive money from the Rise / Workmarket account depends on the payment method you choose. Crypto payments through Rise will be faster than Wire Transfer from Workmarket, for example.
Do I need to leave Buffer in the account when requesting a payout?
Since the payout amount you are requesting is being deducted from the Performance account, in certain situations and products, it is crucial to leave a buffer; otherwise, your Dynamic/EOD/Static drawdowns might be negatively affected.
E8 One - Yes, in specific situations, it is better to leave a buffer in the account. There is a dedicated article explaining the whole process. Article.
E8 Pro - Thanks to the built-in payout mechanism on these accounts, there is no need to leave a buffer, and you can always request as much as the account allows you.
Note: Daily Drawdown or Daily Pause is never affected by payout requests. Once the payout is requested, those limits are calculated from your new balance.
PremierE8 Markets · Accepted Countries | E8 Markets Help Center FuturesArticle title or section name changed from Forex+Crypto to Classic markets + Perpetuals with no change to restricted country list content.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
At E8 Markets, our mission is to offer trading opportunities to individuals worldwide. However, due to regulatory requirements and compliance standards, we are unable to accommodate traders from certain countries, as outlined below.
To maintain a secure and compliant platform, all traders must meet specific eligibility standards. This includes being of legal age to trade in their respective regions and successfully completing our Know Your Customer (KYC) process. As part of this verification, traders need to provide documentation such as government-issued identification, and any other required materials to confirm their identity in line with regulatory expectations.
Furthermore, we are required to ensure compliance with the policies of our third-party providers. For example, the trading platforms we collaborate with only accept clients from approved regions. Additionally, payment services that we use for payouts limit transactions to specific countries, which affects where we can process payouts.
Our commitment remains to provide a fair, transparent, and secure trading environment for all users. These practices are essential for adhering to regulatory standards and protecting the integrity of our platform. We regret any inconvenience this may cause and appreciate your understanding.
Section: Restricted country list (Classic markets + Perpetuals):
− Restricted country list (Forex+Crypto):
| A-I | I-S | S-Z |
|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Iran | Syria |
| Albania | Iraq | Sudan |
| Algeria | Kosovo | Somalia |
| Barma (Myanmar) | Lebanon | South Sudan |
| Burundi | Libya | Ukraine |
| Belarus | Mali | United Arab Emirates |
| Central African Republic | Midway Islands | Venezuela |
| Cuba | North Korea | Yemen |
| Democratic Republic of Congo | Nicaragua | Vatican City State |
| Congo | Pakistan | West Bank |
| Ethiopia | Russia | Western Sahara |
After
At E8 Markets, our mission is to offer trading opportunities to individuals worldwide. However, due to regulatory requirements and compliance standards, we are unable to accommodate traders from certain countries, as outlined below.
To maintain a secure and compliant platform, all traders must meet specific eligibility standards. This includes being of legal age to trade in their respective regions and successfully completing our Know Your Customer (KYC) process. As part of this verification, traders need to provide documentation such as government-issued identification, and any other required materials to confirm their identity in line with regulatory expectations.
Furthermore, we are required to ensure compliance with the policies of our third-party providers. For example, the trading platforms we collaborate with only accept clients from approved regions. Additionally, payment services that we use for payouts limit transactions to specific countries, which affects where we can process payouts.
Our commitment remains to provide a fair, transparent, and secure trading environment for all users. These practices are essential for adhering to regulatory standards and protecting the integrity of our platform. We regret any inconvenience this may cause and appreciate your understanding.
Section: Restricted country list (Classic markets + Perpetuals):
+ Restricted country list (Classic markets + Perpetuals):
| A-I | I-S | S-Z |
|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Iran | Syria |
| Albania | Iraq | Sudan |
| Algeria | Kosovo | Somalia |
| Barma (Myanmar) | Lebanon | South Sudan |
| Burundi | Libya | Ukraine |
| Belarus | Mali | United Arab Emirates |
| Central African Republic | Midway Islands | Venezuela |
| Cuba | North Korea | Yemen |
| Democratic Republic of Congo | Nicaragua | Vatican City State |
| Congo | Pakistan | West Bank |
| Ethiopia | Russia | Western Sahara |
At E8 Markets, our mission is to offer trading opportunities to individuals worldwide. However, due to regulatory requirements and compliance standards, we are unable to accommodate traders from certain countries, as outlined below.
To maintain a secure and compliant platform, all traders must meet specific eligibility standards. This includes being of legal age to trade in their respective regions and successfully completing our Know Your Customer (KYC) process. As part of this verification, traders need to provide documentation such as government-issued identification, and any other required materials to confirm their identity in line with regulatory expectations.
Furthermore, we are required to ensure compliance with the policies of our third-party providers. For example, the trading platforms we collaborate with only accept clients from approved regions. Additionally, payment services that we use for payouts limit transactions to specific countries, which affects where we can process payouts.
Our commitment remains to provide a fair, transparent, and secure trading environment for all users. These practices are essential for adhering to regulatory standards and protecting the integrity of our platform. We regret any inconvenience this may cause and appreciate your understanding.
Section: Restricted country list (Classic markets + Perpetuals):
− Restricted country list (Forex+Crypto):
+ Restricted country list (Classic markets + Perpetuals):
| A-I | I-S | S-Z |
|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Iran | Syria |
| Albania | Iraq | Sudan |
| Algeria | Kosovo | Somalia |
| Barma (Myanmar) | Lebanon | South Sudan |
| Burundi | Libya | Ukraine |
| Belarus | Mali | United Arab Emirates |
| Central African Republic | Midway Islands | Venezuela |
| Cuba | North Korea | Yemen |
| Democratic Republic of Congo | Nicaragua | Vatican City State |
| Congo | Pakistan | West Bank |
| Ethiopia | Russia | Western Sahara |
PremierTake Profit Trader · Rules for Multiple AccountsActive account limit changed from five PRO/PRO+ accounts to five funded accounts across all types, with tests now separate from the limit.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Test Accounts
Traders can have as many test accounts as they want and trade them simultaneously.
PRO/PRO+
-
5 Active Accounts
− You can maintain up to five active PRO/PRO+ accounts simultaneously. Please be aware that this limit of five active PRO/PRO+ accounts applies to the total number of accounts, not five accounts in each category. For instance, you can have three PRO accounts and two PRO+ accounts, but not five PRO accounts and five PRO+ accounts concurrently.
-
10 Passed Test Activations in 30 Days
The trader has the privilege to activate up to 10 successfully passed tests within a span of 30 calendar days.
For instance, if Trader was granted 5 PRO accounts on 1/5/23 and subsequently completed an additional 7 trading tests by 1/17/23, only five of those seven PRO accounts would activate on that date, due to the 10 in 30-day limit. This is in consideration of the initial five PRO accounts being disabled at that point.
Consequently, the remaining two successfully passed tests would then become eligible for activation on 2/5/23, which marks the completion of 30 calendar days since the activation of the initial five PRO accounts. This particular eligibility is contingent on the presence of either one or none of the PRO accounts being active at that given moment.
Please note that the limit of 5 active PRO/PRO+ accounts is per person.
After
Test Accounts
Traders can have as many test accounts as they want and trade them simultaneously.
PRO/PRO+
-
5 Active Accounts
+ You can trade up to five active funded accounts. When you move to PRO+, your full five-account allowance moves with you.
+ Tests are separate from this limit and can be traded alongside your funded accounts.
+ Please note: The limit is 5 active funded accounts per person.
-
10 Passed Test Activations in 30 Days
The trader has the privilege to activate up to 10 successfully passed tests within a span of 30 calendar days.
For instance, if Trader was granted 5 PRO accounts on 1/5/23 and subsequently completed an additional 7 trading tests by 1/17/23, only five of those seven PRO accounts would activate on that date, due to the 10 in 30-day limit. This is in consideration of the initial five PRO accounts being disabled at that point.
Consequently, the remaining two successfully passed tests would then become eligible for activation on 2/5/23, which marks the completion of 30 calendar days since the activation of the initial five PRO accounts. This particular eligibility is contingent on the presence of either one or none of the PRO accounts being active at that given moment.
Please note that the limit of 5 active PRO/PRO+ accounts is per person.
Test Accounts
Traders can have as many test accounts as they want and trade them simultaneously.
PRO/PRO+
-
5 Active Accounts
− You can maintain up to five active PRO/PRO+ accounts simultaneously. Please be aware that this limit of five active PRO/PRO+ accounts applies to the total number of accounts, not five accounts in each category. For instance, you can have three PRO accounts and two PRO+ accounts, but not five PRO accounts and five PRO+ accounts concurrently.
+ You can trade up to five active funded accounts. When you move to PRO+, your full five-account allowance moves with you.
+ Tests are separate from this limit and can be traded alongside your funded accounts.
+ Please note: The limit is 5 active funded accounts per person.
-
10 Passed Test Activations in 30 Days
The trader has the privilege to activate up to 10 successfully passed tests within a span of 30 calendar days.
For instance, if Trader was granted 5 PRO accounts on 1/5/23 and subsequently completed an additional 7 trading tests by 1/17/23, only five of those seven PRO accounts would activate on that date, due to the 10 in 30-day limit. This is in consideration of the initial five PRO accounts being disabled at that point.
Consequently, the remaining two successfully passed tests would then become eligible for activation on 2/5/23, which marks the completion of 30 calendar days since the activation of the initial five PRO accounts. This particular eligibility is contingent on the presence of either one or none of the PRO accounts being active at that given moment.
Please note that the limit of 5 active PRO/PRO+ accounts is per person.
PremierTopstep · Prohibited Conduct | Topstep Help CenterRemoved requirement that chargebacks be unjustified; now any chargeback or dispute filing is prohibited.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What Is Prohibited Conduct?
- Unprofessional behavior — see Professional Behavior at Topstep
- Excessive purchases of Trading Combines or Resets
- Price exploitation — strategies designed to exploit errors in price display or data feed delays
- Disruptive practices — including spoofing
- Trading outside the best bid or offer
- Using an external or slow data feed to trade
- Coordinated trading — performing trades in concert with others (including unconnected accounts or third parties) to pool risk, hedge aggregate positions, or trade the same or opposite strategy simultaneously
- Cross-account hedging (single-user) — holding opposite positions across multiple accounts simultaneously
- Trades conflicting with Topstep’s Terms of Use
- Unfair technology — using software, AI, ultra-high speed systems, or mass data entry to gain an unfair advantage
- Trading inconsistent with real futures markets — or in a way that creates financial risk for Topstep
Section: What Is Prohibited Conduct?
− - Unjustified chargebacks — filing a dispute against a payment to Topstep. Learn more here.
- Exploiting platform deficiencies — using instruments or methods that misuse bugs, errors, or deficiencies in the platform
- Circumventing geographical or technical restrictions
- Holding a position within 2% of a product’s price lock limit — see How to Ensure I Am Not Trading Within 2% of a Price Limit
- Trading on behalf of others — including sharing incentives as part of any business arrangement
- Account stacking — repeatedly hitting the Maximum Loss Limit in one account and switching to another to repeat high-risk attempts
- Any other conduct that Topstep determines, at its sole discretion, is uncommercial, games the market, is not a viable strategy, or is not responsible trading
- Do not use a VPN. VPNs, proxy services, TOR, geo-location obfuscation, and other identity-masking services are not permitted at Topstep. If you see an Error 403 Forbidden message, disable your VPN or proxy and try again.
Prohibited Conduct regarding Trader Profiles:
- Harmful, offensive, illegal, or sexual content
- Personal Data or misleading claims
- Unauthorized names, trademarks, or third-party content
- Advertising, scams, or attempts to evade moderation
After
What Is Prohibited Conduct?
- Unprofessional behavior — see Professional Behavior at Topstep
- Excessive purchases of Trading Combines or Resets
- Price exploitation — strategies designed to exploit errors in price display or data feed delays
- Disruptive practices — including spoofing
- Trading outside the best bid or offer
- Using an external or slow data feed to trade
- Coordinated trading — performing trades in concert with others (including unconnected accounts or third parties) to pool risk, hedge aggregate positions, or trade the same or opposite strategy simultaneously
- Cross-account hedging (single-user) — holding opposite positions across multiple accounts simultaneously
- Trades conflicting with Topstep’s Terms of Use
- Unfair technology — using software, AI, ultra-high speed systems, or mass data entry to gain an unfair advantage
- Trading inconsistent with real futures markets — or in a way that creates financial risk for Topstep
Section: What Is Prohibited Conduct?
+ - Chargebacks or Disputes— filing a dispute against a payment to Topstep. Learn more here.
- Exploiting platform deficiencies — using instruments or methods that misuse bugs, errors, or deficiencies in the platform
- Circumventing geographical or technical restrictions
- Holding a position within 2% of a product’s price lock limit — see How to Ensure I Am Not Trading Within 2% of a Price Limit
- Trading on behalf of others — including sharing incentives as part of any business arrangement
- Account stacking — repeatedly hitting the Maximum Loss Limit in one account and switching to another to repeat high-risk attempts
- Any other conduct that Topstep determines, at its sole discretion, is uncommercial, games the market, is not a viable strategy, or is not responsible trading
- Do not use a VPN. VPNs, proxy services, TOR, geo-location obfuscation, and other identity-masking services are not permitted at Topstep. If you see an Error 403 Forbidden message, disable your VPN or proxy and try again.
Prohibited Conduct regarding Trader Profiles:
- Harmful, offensive, illegal, or sexual content
- Personal Data or misleading claims
- Unauthorized names, trademarks, or third-party content
- Advertising, scams, or attempts to evade moderation
What Is Prohibited Conduct?
- Unprofessional behavior — see Professional Behavior at Topstep
- Excessive purchases of Trading Combines or Resets
- Price exploitation — strategies designed to exploit errors in price display or data feed delays
- Disruptive practices — including spoofing
- Trading outside the best bid or offer
- Using an external or slow data feed to trade
- Coordinated trading — performing trades in concert with others (including unconnected accounts or third parties) to pool risk, hedge aggregate positions, or trade the same or opposite strategy simultaneously
- Cross-account hedging (single-user) — holding opposite positions across multiple accounts simultaneously
- Trades conflicting with Topstep’s Terms of Use
- Unfair technology — using software, AI, ultra-high speed systems, or mass data entry to gain an unfair advantage
- Trading inconsistent with real futures markets — or in a way that creates financial risk for Topstep
Section: What Is Prohibited Conduct?
− - Unjustified chargebacks — filing a dispute against a payment to Topstep. Learn more here.
+ - Chargebacks or Disputes— filing a dispute against a payment to Topstep. Learn more here.
- Exploiting platform deficiencies — using instruments or methods that misuse bugs, errors, or deficiencies in the platform
- Circumventing geographical or technical restrictions
- Holding a position within 2% of a product’s price lock limit — see How to Ensure I Am Not Trading Within 2% of a Price Limit
- Trading on behalf of others — including sharing incentives as part of any business arrangement
- Account stacking — repeatedly hitting the Maximum Loss Limit in one account and switching to another to repeat high-risk attempts
- Any other conduct that Topstep determines, at its sole discretion, is uncommercial, games the market, is not a viable strategy, or is not responsible trading
- Do not use a VPN. VPNs, proxy services, TOR, geo-location obfuscation, and other identity-masking services are not permitted at Topstep. If you see an Error 403 Forbidden message, disable your VPN or proxy and try again.
Prohibited Conduct regarding Trader Profiles:
- Harmful, offensive, illegal, or sexual content
- Personal Data or misleading claims
- Unauthorized names, trademarks, or third-party content
- Advertising, scams, or attempts to evade moderation
PremierTopstep · TopstepX™ | Topstep Help CenterWording only.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Hotkeys
Hotkeys
Keyboard shortcuts for faster execution. Fewer clicks. Fewer errors.
Setup:
- Settings gear → Hotkeys
- Click Set Hotkey next to the action you want
- Press your key(s) → Confirm
- Press H on the DOM or Orderbook to enable
- Not set by default — configure your own
- Desktop only — not supported on mobile
- Avoid system-reserved keys (e.g., CTRL+R reloads the page)
- Practice in a Practice Account first
Section: Hotkeys
Performance Dashboard
Performance Dashboard
Real-time view of your trading activity. Desktop only. Available for Practice, Trading Combine, and Express Funded Accounts.
Access: Performance Stats tab on the left.
Includes:
- Balance High/Current/Low, Best Day %, Avg Win/Loss, Best/Worst Trade, Win Rate, Long vs. Short %, Weekly/Monthly P&L
- Trade Log with full entry/exit detail
- Trader Journal — log emotions, notes, observations
- Calendar with Daily P&L
- Social Sharing
Stats update as trades complete. Multiple tabs open? Refresh the performance page after each trade.
Price Alerts
After
Hotkeys
Hotkeys
Keyboard shortcuts for faster execution. Fewer clicks. Fewer errors.
Setup:
- Settings gear → Hotkeys
- Click Set Hotkey next to the action you want
- Press your key(s) → Confirm
- Press H on the DOM or Orderbook to enable
- Not set by default — configure your own
- Desktop only — not supported on mobile
- Avoid system-reserved keys (e.g., CTRL+R reloads the page)
- Practice in a Practice Account first
Section: Hotkeys
+ Pressing a hotkey triggers that action across all active components where hotkeys are enabled. For example: if hotkeys are enabled across multiple order panels with different symbols selected, pressing the hotkey executes a market buy for each symbol.
Performance Dashboard
Performance Dashboard
Real-time view of your trading activity. Desktop only. Available for Practice, Trading Combine, and Express Funded Accounts.
Access: Performance Stats tab on the left.
Includes:
- Balance High/Current/Low, Best Day %, Avg Win/Loss, Best/Worst Trade, Win Rate, Long vs. Short %, Weekly/Monthly P&L
- Trade Log with full entry/exit detail
- Trader Journal — log emotions, notes, observations
- Calendar with Daily P&L
- Social Sharing
Stats update as trades complete. Multiple tabs open? Refresh the performance page after each trade.
Price Alerts
Hotkeys
Hotkeys
Keyboard shortcuts for faster execution. Fewer clicks. Fewer errors.
Setup:
- Settings gear → Hotkeys
- Click Set Hotkey next to the action you want
- Press your key(s) → Confirm
- Press H on the DOM or Orderbook to enable
- Not set by default — configure your own
- Desktop only — not supported on mobile
- Avoid system-reserved keys (e.g., CTRL+R reloads the page)
- Practice in a Practice Account first
Section: Hotkeys
+ Pressing a hotkey triggers that action across all active components where hotkeys are enabled. For example: if hotkeys are enabled across multiple order panels with different symbols selected, pressing the hotkey executes a market buy for each symbol.
Performance Dashboard
Performance Dashboard
Real-time view of your trading activity. Desktop only. Available for Practice, Trading Combine, and Express Funded Accounts.
Access: Performance Stats tab on the left.
Includes:
- Balance High/Current/Low, Best Day %, Avg Win/Loss, Best/Worst Trade, Win Rate, Long vs. Short %, Weekly/Monthly P&L
- Trade Log with full entry/exit detail
- Trader Journal — log emotions, notes, observations
- Calendar with Daily P&L
- Social Sharing
Stats update as trades complete. Multiple tabs open? Refresh the performance page after each trade.
Price Alerts
PremierTopstep · Topstep® Refund Policies | Topstep Help CenterWarning added that filing chargebacks or disputes is strictly prohibited, and language about account risk was updated. TIER: notableSep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Trading Combine® gives you instant access to live data and a trading account. Because of that, refunds are generally not available once a purchase is made.
Refunds are issued to the original payment method only. Processing takes 7–10 business days. If it's been longer, check with your bank first, then contact Trader Support. When contacting Trader Support for a refund, provide your Trading Combine or Express Funded Account Number, the last four digits of the charged card, the charge date, and any relevant screenshots or recordings.
14-Day Satisfaction Guarantee
New to Topstep? If within your first 14 calendar days you decide it's not for you, we'll refund up to 1 monthly renewal payment for your Trading Combine® — as long as you haven't passed the evaluation.
👉 This applies to your first-ever Trading Combine® purchase only. We just ask for feedback on why it wasn't a fit.
Accidentally Left Subscription On / Forgot to Cancel
Your Trading Combine® is a monthly subscription that Rebills approximately every 30 days until you pass or cancel. Managing your subscription is your responsibility. You will receive a reminder email 3 days before your Rebill processes. Manage your subscription at dashboard.topstep.com.
- Accounts must have no trading activity
- Contact us within 28 days of the charge.
- Each Rebill adds 1 Reset credit to your Reset Bank (same size and account type, expires 1 year from issue).
- If you've already used the Reset credit from that Rebill, we cannot process a refund.
- Processing a refund will result in the immediate cancellation of your subscription, closure of the associated Trading Combine, and removal of the associated Reset credit.
☝️ Rebill refund requests are handled in chat. Windy will ask for your payment reference ID (found on your Billing page at dashboard.topstep.com) and check eligibility against our policy automatically. Eligible requests are processed immediately. If your request doesn’t qualify, you’ll be routed to the Trader Support team.
Promotional Codes and Discounts
Passed the Trading Combine® After a Recent Charge
If you pass shortly after a monthly payment, we cannot refund or prorate that payment. The subscription payment was required to keep your account active through to funding.
Once you earn funding, the subscription and all fees are considered used in full.
Resets
No refunds on Reset purchases — including accidentally resetting the wrong account or resetting the same account twice. Double-check your account number before resetting.
Level 2 Depth of Market Data
Depth of Market Data activates immediately upon purchase and Rebills monthly on the 28th day of the month for $38. Nonrefundable. Cancel anytime from your dashboard.
Activation Fee
No refunds on Activation Fee purchases, including accidental activations. Confirm the account name before paying.
Back2Funded
No refunds on Back2Funded purchases, including accidental reactivations. Confirm the account name before completing the purchase.
Chargebacks at Topstep
Section: Chargebacks at Topstep
− ⚠️ Have a question about a charge? Call us first. Always.
− Most fees at Topstep are non-refundable, but we’re always happy to review your account and clear up confusion. Filing a chargeback before reaching out could limit your options and put your account at risk.
What’s the Difference Between a Chargeback and an Unjustified Chargeback?
A chargeback is when you dispute a charge with your bank and request a reversal.
An unjustified chargeback is filing a dispute without a valid reason — for example:
- Forgetting to cancel a subscription
- Misunderstanding a charge
- Overlooking Topstep’s refund policies
- Attempting to bypass the standard refund process
What Happens If You File a Chargeback?
Filing triggers an account review. Excessive or unjustified chargebacks may result in account suspension or permanent removal from the Topstep program.
Initiating chargebacks is listed as prohibited conduct.
Already filed one? You can still contact Trader Support to discuss your options.
What If You Want to Dispute a Charge?
After
The Trading Combine® gives you instant access to live data and a trading account. Because of that, refunds are generally not available once a purchase is made.
Refunds are issued to the original payment method only. Processing takes 7–10 business days. If it's been longer, check with your bank first, then contact Trader Support. When contacting Trader Support for a refund, provide your Trading Combine or Express Funded Account Number, the last four digits of the charged card, the charge date, and any relevant screenshots or recordings.
+ ⚠️ Filing a chargeback or dispute is strictly prohibited. Have a question about a charge? Call us first. Always. Read more here.
14-Day Satisfaction Guarantee
New to Topstep? If within your first 14 calendar days you decide it's not for you, we'll refund up to 1 monthly renewal payment for your Trading Combine® — as long as you haven't passed the evaluation.
👉 This applies to your first-ever Trading Combine® purchase only. We just ask for feedback on why it wasn't a fit.
Accidentally Left Subscription On / Forgot to Cancel
Your Trading Combine® is a monthly subscription that Rebills approximately every 30 days until you pass or cancel. Managing your subscription is your responsibility. You will receive a reminder email 3 days before your Rebill processes. Manage your subscription at dashboard.topstep.com.
- Accounts must have no trading activity
- Contact us within 28 days of the charge.
- Each Rebill adds 1 Reset credit to your Reset Bank (same size and account type, expires 1 year from issue).
- If you've already used the Reset credit from that Rebill, we cannot process a refund.
- Processing a refund will result in the immediate cancellation of your subscription, closure of the associated Trading Combine, and removal of the associated Reset credit.
☝️ Rebill refund requests are handled in chat. Windy will ask for your payment reference ID (found on your Billing page at dashboard.topstep.com) and check eligibility against our policy automatically. Eligible requests are processed immediately. If your request doesn’t qualify, you’ll be routed to the Trader Support team.
Promotional Codes and Discounts
Passed the Trading Combine® After a Recent Charge
If you pass shortly after a monthly payment, we cannot refund or prorate that payment. The subscription payment was required to keep your account active through to funding.
Once you earn funding, the subscription and all fees are considered used in full.
Resets
No refunds on Reset purchases — including accidentally resetting the wrong account or resetting the same account twice. Double-check your account number before resetting.
Level 2 Depth of Market Data
Depth of Market Data activates immediately upon purchase and Rebills monthly on the 28th day of the month for $38. Nonrefundable. Cancel anytime from your dashboard.
Activation Fee
No refunds on Activation Fee purchases, including accidental activations. Confirm the account name before paying.
Back2Funded
No refunds on Back2Funded purchases, including accidental reactivations. Confirm the account name before completing the purchase.
Chargebacks at Topstep
Section: Chargebacks at Topstep
+ ⚠️ Filing a chargeback or dispute is strictly prohibited. Have a question about a charge? Call us first. Always.
+ Most fees at Topstep are non-refundable, but we’re always happy to review your account and clear up confusion. Filing a chargeback/dispute so may put your account at risk.
What’s the Difference Between a Chargeback and an Unjustified Chargeback?
A chargeback is when you dispute a charge with your bank and request a reversal.
An unjustified chargeback is filing a dispute without a valid reason — for example:
- Forgetting to cancel a subscription
- Misunderstanding a charge
- Overlooking Topstep’s refund policies
- Attempting to bypass the standard refund process
What Happens If You File a Chargeback?
Filing triggers an account review. Excessive or unjustified chargebacks may result in account suspension or permanent removal from the Topstep program.
Initiating chargebacks is listed as prohibited conduct.
Already filed one? You can still contact Trader Support to discuss your options.
What If You Want to Dispute a Charge?
The Trading Combine® gives you instant access to live data and a trading account. Because of that, refunds are generally not available once a purchase is made.
Refunds are issued to the original payment method only. Processing takes 7–10 business days. If it's been longer, check with your bank first, then contact Trader Support. When contacting Trader Support for a refund, provide your Trading Combine or Express Funded Account Number, the last four digits of the charged card, the charge date, and any relevant screenshots or recordings.
+ ⚠️ Filing a chargeback or dispute is strictly prohibited. Have a question about a charge? Call us first. Always. Read more here.
14-Day Satisfaction Guarantee
New to Topstep? If within your first 14 calendar days you decide it's not for you, we'll refund up to 1 monthly renewal payment for your Trading Combine® — as long as you haven't passed the evaluation.
👉 This applies to your first-ever Trading Combine® purchase only. We just ask for feedback on why it wasn't a fit.
Accidentally Left Subscription On / Forgot to Cancel
Your Trading Combine® is a monthly subscription that Rebills approximately every 30 days until you pass or cancel. Managing your subscription is your responsibility. You will receive a reminder email 3 days before your Rebill processes. Manage your subscription at dashboard.topstep.com.
- Accounts must have no trading activity
- Contact us within 28 days of the charge.
- Each Rebill adds 1 Reset credit to your Reset Bank (same size and account type, expires 1 year from issue).
- If you've already used the Reset credit from that Rebill, we cannot process a refund.
- Processing a refund will result in the immediate cancellation of your subscription, closure of the associated Trading Combine, and removal of the associated Reset credit.
☝️ Rebill refund requests are handled in chat. Windy will ask for your payment reference ID (found on your Billing page at dashboard.topstep.com) and check eligibility against our policy automatically. Eligible requests are processed immediately. If your request doesn’t qualify, you’ll be routed to the Trader Support team.
Promotional Codes and Discounts
Passed the Trading Combine® After a Recent Charge
If you pass shortly after a monthly payment, we cannot refund or prorate that payment. The subscription payment was required to keep your account active through to funding.
Once you earn funding, the subscription and all fees are considered used in full.
Resets
No refunds on Reset purchases — including accidentally resetting the wrong account or resetting the same account twice. Double-check your account number before resetting.
Level 2 Depth of Market Data
Depth of Market Data activates immediately upon purchase and Rebills monthly on the 28th day of the month for $38. Nonrefundable. Cancel anytime from your dashboard.
Activation Fee
No refunds on Activation Fee purchases, including accidental activations. Confirm the account name before paying.
Back2Funded
No refunds on Back2Funded purchases, including accidental reactivations. Confirm the account name before completing the purchase.
Chargebacks at Topstep
Section: Chargebacks at Topstep
− ⚠️ Have a question about a charge? Call us first. Always.
− Most fees at Topstep are non-refundable, but we’re always happy to review your account and clear up confusion. Filing a chargeback before reaching out could limit your options and put your account at risk.
+ ⚠️ Filing a chargeback or dispute is strictly prohibited. Have a question about a charge? Call us first. Always.
+ Most fees at Topstep are non-refundable, but we’re always happy to review your account and clear up confusion. Filing a chargeback/dispute so may put your account at risk.
What’s the Difference Between a Chargeback and an Unjustified Chargeback?
A chargeback is when you dispute a charge with your bank and request a reversal.
An unjustified chargeback is filing a dispute without a valid reason — for example:
- Forgetting to cancel a subscription
- Misunderstanding a charge
- Overlooking Topstep’s refund policies
- Attempting to bypass the standard refund process
What Happens If You File a Chargeback?
Filing triggers an account review. Excessive or unjustified chargebacks may result in account suspension or permanent removal from the Topstep program.
Initiating chargebacks is listed as prohibited conduct.
Already filed one? You can still contact Trader Support to discuss your options.
What If You Want to Dispute a Charge?
PremierTopstep · Topstep Labs | Topstep Help CenterPurchase limit for $250K Freedom Funded Trading Combine changed from unlimited to maximum 5 accounts per trader; subscription language simplified.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Static (this Trading Combine): The Max Loss Limit never moves. It stays at $24,000 no matter what. With a $28,000 balance, the Trader has $4,000 of room — not $3,000.
| EOD Trailing | Static | |
|---|---|---|
| Maximum Loss Limit after scenario | $24,500 | $24,000 |
| Effective room next day | $1,000 | $1,500 |
Who is eligible to purchase this new offering?
Quantities are limited. Keep an eye on topstep.com/labs for future Labs drops.
I missed out on the $25K Offering. Can I purchase later?
No. Once a Topstep Labs offering is gone, it's gone. Although some Labs ideas graduate into the full Topstep experience, it's not guaranteed. If it happens, we'll let you know!
Will the $25k Static Trading Combine Rebill each month?
No. The $25k Static Trading Combine has a one-time fee — no Rebill, no subscription. Please note, this Trading Combine expires 90 days after purchase. If you haven't passed by then, it will close automatically.
$250K Freedom Funded Trading Combine
Is this a limited release and can I buy more than one?
Section: Is this a limited release and can I buy more than one?
− Yes, there are limited quantities available for this purchase. First come first serve. There is no limit on how many a single Trader can purchase. Once all spots are sold, it's no longer available for purchase.
How much does it cost?
$499 one-time fee. There is no subscription — you pay once. The Responsible Trading Discount does not apply even though a DLL is automatic.
What is the Payout cap on the funded account?
$25,000 per Payout - our biggest Payout cap yet!
Is this a subscription?
Section: Is this a subscription?
− No. This is a one-time purchase. There is no recurring billing, no rebills, and no resets.
Who is eligible to purchase this?
All Traders — new and existing — can purchase the $250K Freedom Trading Combine, as long as remaining spots are available.
Can I purchase this in addition to my existing Trading Combine?
Yes, this is a separate product and does not replace or affect any existing Trading Combines you may have.
Where do I find the $250K Freedom Trading Combine?
Visit the Topstep Labs page. The $250K Freedom Trading Combine will be displayed as an offer with all the details and a button to purchase if available.
What is the starting balance and Daily Loss Limit (DLL) in the Live Funded Account?
The Live Funded Account will follow our standard Live Funded Account Parameters with a minimum starting balance of $10,000. Your account size will be based on the average of all active, eligible XFAs including any activated from the $250K Freedom Trading Combine(s). Based on the account size, your starting DLL will be set as per. the Dynamic Live Risk Expansion guidelines.
$3K Challenge
Can I buy more than one?
Yes. There's no cap on how many you can buy, and the Challenge is repeatable — you can buy and run another one. One limit to know: you can only have 5 Challenges in the Payout Round at one time. That's separate from the 5 Express Funded Account® (XFA) limit.
Example: if you hold 5 XFAs and 10 Challenges, up to 5 of those Challenges can advance to the Payout Round at once.
After
- Static (this Trading Combine): The Max Loss Limit never moves. It stays at $24,000 no matter what. With a $28,000 balance, the Trader has $4,000 of room — not $3,000.
| EOD Trailing | Static | |
|---|---|---|
| Maximum Loss Limit after scenario | $24,500 | $24,000 |
| Effective room next day | $1,000 | $1,500 |
Who is eligible to purchase this new offering?
Quantities are limited. Keep an eye on topstep.com/labs for future Labs drops.
I missed out on the $25K Offering. Can I purchase later?
No. Once a Topstep Labs offering is gone, it's gone. Although some Labs ideas graduate into the full Topstep experience, it's not guaranteed. If it happens, we'll let you know!
Will the $25k Static Trading Combine Rebill each month?
No. The $25k Static Trading Combine has a one-time fee — no Rebill, no subscription. Please note, this Trading Combine expires 90 days after purchase. If you haven't passed by then, it will close automatically.
$250K Freedom Funded Trading Combine
Is this a limited release and can I buy more than one?
Section: Is this a limited release and can I buy more than one?
+ Yes, there are limited quantities available for this purchase. First come first serve. For the $250K Re-release, you may purchase up to 5 accounts.
How much does it cost?
$499 one-time fee. There is no subscription — you pay once. The Responsible Trading Discount does not apply even though a DLL is automatic.
What is the Payout cap on the funded account?
$25,000 per Payout - our biggest Payout cap yet!
Is this a subscription?
Section: Is this a subscription?
+ No. This is a one-time purchase. There are no rebills, and no Resets.
Who is eligible to purchase this?
All Traders — new and existing — can purchase the $250K Freedom Trading Combine, as long as remaining spots are available.
Can I purchase this in addition to my existing Trading Combine?
Yes, this is a separate product and does not replace or affect any existing Trading Combines you may have.
Where do I find the $250K Freedom Trading Combine?
Visit the Topstep Labs page. The $250K Freedom Trading Combine will be displayed as an offer with all the details and a button to purchase if available.
What is the starting balance and Daily Loss Limit (DLL) in the Live Funded Account?
The Live Funded Account will follow our standard Live Funded Account Parameters with a minimum starting balance of $10,000. Your account size will be based on the average of all active, eligible XFAs including any activated from the $250K Freedom Trading Combine(s). Based on the account size, your starting DLL will be set as per. the Dynamic Live Risk Expansion guidelines.
$3K Challenge
Can I buy more than one?
Yes. There's no cap on how many you can buy, and the Challenge is repeatable — you can buy and run another one. One limit to know: you can only have 5 Challenges in the Payout Round at one time. That's separate from the 5 Express Funded Account® (XFA) limit.
Example: if you hold 5 XFAs and 10 Challenges, up to 5 of those Challenges can advance to the Payout Round at once.
- Static (this Trading Combine): The Max Loss Limit never moves. It stays at $24,000 no matter what. With a $28,000 balance, the Trader has $4,000 of room — not $3,000.
| EOD Trailing | Static | |
|---|---|---|
| Maximum Loss Limit after scenario | $24,500 | $24,000 |
| Effective room next day | $1,000 | $1,500 |
Who is eligible to purchase this new offering?
Quantities are limited. Keep an eye on topstep.com/labs for future Labs drops.
I missed out on the $25K Offering. Can I purchase later?
No. Once a Topstep Labs offering is gone, it's gone. Although some Labs ideas graduate into the full Topstep experience, it's not guaranteed. If it happens, we'll let you know!
Will the $25k Static Trading Combine Rebill each month?
No. The $25k Static Trading Combine has a one-time fee — no Rebill, no subscription. Please note, this Trading Combine expires 90 days after purchase. If you haven't passed by then, it will close automatically.
$250K Freedom Funded Trading Combine
Is this a limited release and can I buy more than one?
Section: Is this a limited release and can I buy more than one?
− Yes, there are limited quantities available for this purchase. First come first serve. There is no limit on how many a single Trader can purchase. Once all spots are sold, it's no longer available for purchase.
+ Yes, there are limited quantities available for this purchase. First come first serve. For the $250K Re-release, you may purchase up to 5 accounts.
How much does it cost?
$499 one-time fee. There is no subscription — you pay once. The Responsible Trading Discount does not apply even though a DLL is automatic.
What is the Payout cap on the funded account?
$25,000 per Payout - our biggest Payout cap yet!
Is this a subscription?
Section: Is this a subscription?
− No. This is a one-time purchase. There is no recurring billing, no rebills, and no resets.
+ No. This is a one-time purchase. There are no rebills, and no Resets.
Who is eligible to purchase this?
All Traders — new and existing — can purchase the $250K Freedom Trading Combine, as long as remaining spots are available.
Can I purchase this in addition to my existing Trading Combine?
Yes, this is a separate product and does not replace or affect any existing Trading Combines you may have.
Where do I find the $250K Freedom Trading Combine?
Visit the Topstep Labs page. The $250K Freedom Trading Combine will be displayed as an offer with all the details and a button to purchase if available.
What is the starting balance and Daily Loss Limit (DLL) in the Live Funded Account?
The Live Funded Account will follow our standard Live Funded Account Parameters with a minimum starting balance of $10,000. Your account size will be based on the average of all active, eligible XFAs including any activated from the $250K Freedom Trading Combine(s). Based on the account size, your starting DLL will be set as per. the Dynamic Live Risk Expansion guidelines.
$3K Challenge
Can I buy more than one?
Yes. There's no cap on how many you can buy, and the Challenge is repeatable — you can buy and run another one. One limit to know: you can only have 5 Challenges in the Payout Round at one time. That's separate from the 5 Express Funded Account® (XFA) limit.
Example: if you hold 5 XFAs and 10 Challenges, up to 5 of those Challenges can advance to the Payout Round at once.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program | Blue Guardian | FuturesMinimum payout threshold increased from $100 to $200, and payout processing schedule now specified as twice monthly on the 15th and 30th.Sep 11
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Discount Code
$2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
Section: How and when do payouts work?
− Commission Payment Schedule
− Affiliate commissions can be requested the dashboard. Affiliates must have a minimum balance of $100 to request a payout, and taxes remain the responsibility of the affiliate.
Affiliate Program Termination Policies
Blue Guardian Futures may terminate affiliates for violating promotional policies, engaging in suspicious activity, or any other reason deemed harmful to the program. Upon termination, affiliates lose all program rights, and any pending earnings will be forfeited.
Blue Guardian Futures reserves the right to audit affiliate activity and request details on promotional practices. Failure to provide accurate information may result in termination of the partnership.
These guidelines are subject to updates by Blue Guardian Futures. For questions, please reach out to our team through live chat on the website or email to [email protected] .
After
Discount Code
$2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
Section: How and when do payouts work?
+ How and when do payouts work?
+ Once your account balance reaches the $200 minimum threshold, you're eligible to request a payout. Submit your request anytime through your affiliate dashboard.
+ Payouts are processed twice a month, on the 15th and the 30th. If the 30th doesn't exist in a given month, the payout is processed on the last day of that month instead. If either of those dates falls on a weekend, it moves to the next business day.
+ Please note that only one payout request can be active at a time. While your request is pending, you can continue earning commissions as usual.
Affiliate Program Termination Policies
Blue Guardian Futures may terminate affiliates for violating promotional policies, engaging in suspicious activity, or any other reason deemed harmful to the program. Upon termination, affiliates lose all program rights, and any pending earnings will be forfeited.
Blue Guardian Futures reserves the right to audit affiliate activity and request details on promotional practices. Failure to provide accurate information may result in termination of the partnership.
These guidelines are subject to updates by Blue Guardian Futures. For questions, please reach out to our team through live chat on the website or email to [email protected] .
Discount Code
$2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
Section: How and when do payouts work?
− Commission Payment Schedule
− Affiliate commissions can be requested the dashboard. Affiliates must have a minimum balance of $100 to request a payout, and taxes remain the responsibility of the affiliate.
+ How and when do payouts work?
+ Once your account balance reaches the $200 minimum threshold, you're eligible to request a payout. Submit your request anytime through your affiliate dashboard.
+ Payouts are processed twice a month, on the 15th and the 30th. If the 30th doesn't exist in a given month, the payout is processed on the last day of that month instead. If either of those dates falls on a weekend, it moves to the next business day.
+ Please note that only one payout request can be active at a time. While your request is pending, you can continue earning commissions as usual.
Affiliate Program Termination Policies
Blue Guardian Futures may terminate affiliates for violating promotional policies, engaging in suspicious activity, or any other reason deemed harmful to the program. Upon termination, affiliates lose all program rights, and any pending earnings will be forfeited.
Blue Guardian Futures reserves the right to audit affiliate activity and request details on promotional practices. Failure to provide accurate information may result in termination of the partnership.
These guidelines are subject to updates by Blue Guardian Futures. For questions, please reach out to our team through live chat on the website or email to [email protected] .
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/performance-accounts-pa/legacy-pa-inactivity-policyInactivity warning system changed from single red highlight at 15 days to three-tier system with yellow at 15 days, orange at 20 days, and red at 30 days.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
At Apex Trader Funding, we are committed to maintaining active and engaged trading accounts across our platform. To ensure optimal service, the following policy applies to account inactivity:
- Definition of Inactivity: An account is considered inactive if it reaches 30 calendar days without recording at least one single trading day with $150 or more in net profit.
- How To Track Inactivity: The Activity column on your PA chart reflects the most recent trading activity meeting at least $150 in net profit.
− - Red Highlight Reminder: At 15 days without qualifying activity, a red highlight will appear on your account. This is simply a warning that the account is approaching the 30-day inactivity threshold. The only action required on your end to satisfy the activity requirement is to simply complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before the 30-day threshold is reached.
- Future Enforcement Notice: If any inactivity-related enforcement is implemented in the future, you will be notified in advance.
This policy applies to all Legacy Performance Accounts purchased before March 1st, 2026, including lifetime subscriptions. Users are solely responsible for maintaining the active status of their accounts.
* Promotional Legacy products made available after March 1st, 2026 may have updated inactivity rules found here.
After
At Apex Trader Funding, we are committed to maintaining active and engaged trading accounts across our platform. To ensure optimal service, the following policy applies to account inactivity:
- Definition of Inactivity: An account is considered inactive if it reaches 30 calendar days without recording at least one single trading day with $150 or more in net profit.
- How To Track Inactivity: The Activity column on your PA chart reflects the most recent trading activity meeting at least $150 in net profit.
+ - Yellow Highlight – Warning 1: At 15 days without qualifying activity, a yellow highlight will appear on your account. This is the first warning that your account is approaching the 30-day inactivity threshold. To reset your activity period, simply complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before reaching the 30-day threshold.
+ - Orange Highlight – Warning 2: At 20 days without qualifying activity, an orange highlight will appear on your account. This is a second warning that your account is getting close to the 30-day inactivity threshold. To remain active, you must complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before reaching 30 days without qualifying activity.
+ - Red Highlight – Termination: At 30 days without qualifying activity, the account reaches the inactivity threshold and may be terminated. To avoid termination, complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before the 30-day threshold is reached.
- Future Enforcement Notice: If any inactivity-related enforcement is implemented in the future, you will be notified in advance.
This policy applies to all Legacy Performance Accounts purchased before March 1st, 2026, including lifetime subscriptions. Users are solely responsible for maintaining the active status of their accounts.
* Promotional Legacy products made available after March 1st, 2026 may have updated inactivity rules found here.
At Apex Trader Funding, we are committed to maintaining active and engaged trading accounts across our platform. To ensure optimal service, the following policy applies to account inactivity:
- Definition of Inactivity: An account is considered inactive if it reaches 30 calendar days without recording at least one single trading day with $150 or more in net profit.
- How To Track Inactivity: The Activity column on your PA chart reflects the most recent trading activity meeting at least $150 in net profit.
− - Red Highlight Reminder: At 15 days without qualifying activity, a red highlight will appear on your account. This is simply a warning that the account is approaching the 30-day inactivity threshold. The only action required on your end to satisfy the activity requirement is to simply complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before the 30-day threshold is reached.
+ - Yellow Highlight – Warning 1: At 15 days without qualifying activity, a yellow highlight will appear on your account. This is the first warning that your account is approaching the 30-day inactivity threshold. To reset your activity period, simply complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before reaching the 30-day threshold.
+ - Orange Highlight – Warning 2: At 20 days without qualifying activity, an orange highlight will appear on your account. This is a second warning that your account is getting close to the 30-day inactivity threshold. To remain active, you must complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before reaching 30 days without qualifying activity.
+ - Red Highlight – Termination: At 30 days without qualifying activity, the account reaches the inactivity threshold and may be terminated. To avoid termination, complete one trading day with $150 or more in net profit before the 30-day threshold is reached.
- Future Enforcement Notice: If any inactivity-related enforcement is implemented in the future, you will be notified in advance.
This policy applies to all Legacy Performance Accounts purchased before March 1st, 2026, including lifetime subscriptions. Users are solely responsible for maintaining the active status of their accounts.
* Promotional Legacy products made available after March 1st, 2026 may have updated inactivity rules found here.
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/billing/inactivity-policy-on-performance-accounts-paChanged "Legacy PAs" to "Legacy Evaluations" in parenthetical reference to prior accounts.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− For Performance Accounts (PAs) to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. This applies to all Intraday and EOD PAs, as well as promotional Legacy accounts purchased after March 1st, 2026. (For Legacy PAs purchased prior to March 1st, 2026, see here: Legacy PA Inactivity Policy)
This requirement is measured continuously.
After 15 days of inactivity, the account moves into the dormant phase, and can be found in the Dormant PAs section of your user dashboard: Dormant PAs
Notifications will be sent out on days 15 and 20 of inactivity, reminding you that the account is in the dormant phase, and that there is a time limit before it is permanently closed.
If 30 consecutive calendar days pass without meeting this activity threshold, the account will be closed due to inactivity.
If a Performance Account is closed due to inactivity:
- Access to the account is permanently removed
- Any accumulated rewards or payout eligibility are forfeited
Closed accounts cannot be reinstated.
The purpose of this rule is to ensure active participation and consistent engagement with the account.
FAQs
What does “rolling 30 days” mean?
The system continuously looks back at the most recent 30 consecutive calendar days. Calendar days include weekends and holidays, which are all counted as part of the rolling 30 days.
After
+ For Performance Accounts (PAs) to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. This applies to all Intraday and EOD PAs, as well as promotional Legacy accounts purchased after March 1st, 2026. (For Legacy Evaluations purchased prior to March 1st, 2026, see here: Legacy PA Inactivity Policy)
This requirement is measured continuously.
After 15 days of inactivity, the account moves into the dormant phase, and can be found in the Dormant PAs section of your user dashboard: Dormant PAs
Notifications will be sent out on days 15 and 20 of inactivity, reminding you that the account is in the dormant phase, and that there is a time limit before it is permanently closed.
If 30 consecutive calendar days pass without meeting this activity threshold, the account will be closed due to inactivity.
If a Performance Account is closed due to inactivity:
- Access to the account is permanently removed
- Any accumulated rewards or payout eligibility are forfeited
Closed accounts cannot be reinstated.
The purpose of this rule is to ensure active participation and consistent engagement with the account.
FAQs
What does “rolling 30 days” mean?
The system continuously looks back at the most recent 30 consecutive calendar days. Calendar days include weekends and holidays, which are all counted as part of the rolling 30 days.
− For Performance Accounts (PAs) to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. This applies to all Intraday and EOD PAs, as well as promotional Legacy accounts purchased after March 1st, 2026. (For Legacy PAs purchased prior to March 1st, 2026, see here: Legacy PA Inactivity Policy)
+ For Performance Accounts (PAs) to remain active, you must record at least 2 trading days with $50 or more in net profit within every rolling 30-day period. This applies to all Intraday and EOD PAs, as well as promotional Legacy accounts purchased after March 1st, 2026. (For Legacy Evaluations purchased prior to March 1st, 2026, see here: Legacy PA Inactivity Policy)
This requirement is measured continuously.
After 15 days of inactivity, the account moves into the dormant phase, and can be found in the Dormant PAs section of your user dashboard: Dormant PAs
Notifications will be sent out on days 15 and 20 of inactivity, reminding you that the account is in the dormant phase, and that there is a time limit before it is permanently closed.
If 30 consecutive calendar days pass without meeting this activity threshold, the account will be closed due to inactivity.
If a Performance Account is closed due to inactivity:
- Access to the account is permanently removed
- Any accumulated rewards or payout eligibility are forfeited
Closed accounts cannot be reinstated.
The purpose of this rule is to ensure active participation and consistent engagement with the account.
FAQs
What does “rolling 30 days” mean?
The system continuously looks back at the most recent 30 consecutive calendar days. Calendar days include weekends and holidays, which are all counted as part of the rolling 30 days.
PremierApex Trader Funding · https://apextraderfunding.com/help-center/getting-started/restricted-countriesRestricted countries list reformatted with spelling standardizations and country name updates including Kazakhstan moved from middle section and Palestine renamed to Occupied Palestinian Territory.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- Maintain full access to your account until you return to a non-restricted country
These restrictions are automatically enforced, and no exceptions are permitted. This policy ensures compliance and security for all users. If you have any questions or need assistance, please submit a HelpDesk ticket
These details will be verified during the registration process to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. If you meet all of the above conditions, you are welcome to participate in our programs.
Accepted Forms of Identification:
- Driver’s License
- Residency Permit (excluding temporary or student visas
- Passport
- State ID
- Physical Government-issued ID Card
Note: We do not accept copies, temporary IDs, expired IDs, visas alone, student/work IDs, digital versions, or photos of IDs displayed on a screen (e.g., computer, tablet, or phone).
As we grow, we hope to offer support, educational resources, and dedicated teams for more languages and regions.
LIST OF COUNTRIES WE ARE NOT ABLE TO SERVICE AT THIS TIME WITH New or Additional ACCOUNTS:
−
| Afghanistan | Kenya | Republic of the Congo |
|---|---|---|
| Algeria | Kosovo | Réunion |
| Azerbaijan | Kuwait | Russia |
| Bahrain | Latvia | Rwanda |
| Bangladesh | Lebanon | Saint Pierre and Miquelon |
| Belarus | Lesotho | Saudi Arabia |
| Benin | Liberia | Senegal |
| Brunei | Libya | Serbia |
| Burkina Faso | Madagascar | Somalia |
| Burundi | Maldives | South Africa |
| Cameroon | Mauritania | South Sudan |
| Central African Republic | Mauritius | Sri Lanka |
−
| Afghanistan | Kenya | Republic of the Congo |
|---|---|---|
| Chad | Moldova | Sudan |
| China | Mongolia | Syria |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Morocco | Tanzania |
| Cuba | Mozambique | Togo |
| Cyprus | Myanmar | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Egypt | Namibia | Tunisia |
| Eritrea | Nepal | Türkiye (Turkey) |
| Gabon | New Caledonia | Uganda |
| Grenada | Nicaragua | Ukraine |
| Guinea | Niger | Uzbekistan |
| Guinea-Bissau | Nigeria | Vanuatu |
| Haiti | North Korea | Venezuela |
| Iran | Palestine (State of) | Vietnam |
| Iraq | Oman | Western Sahara |
| Jersey | Pakistan | Yemen |
| Jordan | Papua New Guinea | Zambia |
| Kazakhstan | Qatar | Zimbabwe |
Can Canadians Trade With Apex?
Yes! Canadian traders can fully utilize our services. However, please note that as a Canadian, you cannot purchase a LIVE account with Tradovate. Instead, you can access their services through Apex accounts. This allows you to benefit from our funding solutions, as Apex accounts—both Evaluation and Performance Accounts (PAs)—are simulated rather than live trading accounts.
After
- Maintain full access to your account until you return to a non-restricted country
These restrictions are automatically enforced, and no exceptions are permitted. This policy ensures compliance and security for all users. If you have any questions or need assistance, please submit a HelpDesk ticket
These details will be verified during the registration process to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. If you meet all of the above conditions, you are welcome to participate in our programs.
Accepted Forms of Identification:
- Driver’s License
- Residency Permit (excluding temporary or student visas
- Passport
- State ID
- Physical Government-issued ID Card
Note: We do not accept copies, temporary IDs, expired IDs, visas alone, student/work IDs, digital versions, or photos of IDs displayed on a screen (e.g., computer, tablet, or phone).
As we grow, we hope to offer support, educational resources, and dedicated teams for more languages and regions.
LIST OF COUNTRIES WE ARE NOT ABLE TO SERVICE AT THIS TIME WITH New or Additional ACCOUNTS:
+
| Afghanistan | Kenya | Republic of the Congo |
|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Kazakhstan | Republic of the Congo |
| Algeria | Kenya | Reunion |
| Azerbaijan | Kuwait | Russia |
| Bahrain | Latvia | Rwanda |
| Bangladesh | Lebanon | Saint Pierre and Miquelon |
| Belarus | Lesotho | Saudi Arabia |
| Benin | Liberia | Senegal |
| Brunei | Libya | Serbia |
| Burkina Faso | Madagascar | Somalia |
| Burundi | Maldives | South Africa |
| Cameroon | Mauritania | South Sudan |
| Central African Republic | Mauritius | Sri Lanka |
+
| Afghanistan | Kenya | Republic of the Congo |
|---|---|---|
| Chad | Mongolia | Sudan |
| China | Morocco | Syria |
| Congo | Mozambique | Tanzania |
| Cote DIvoire | Myanmar | Togo |
| Cuba | Namibia | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Cyprus | Nepal | Tunisia |
| Egypt | New Caledonia | Turkey |
| Eritrea | Nicaragua | Uganda |
| Gabon | Niger | Ukraine |
| Grenada | Nigeria | Uzbekistan |
| Guinea | North Korea | Vanuatu |
| Guinea-Bissau | Occupied Palestinian Territory | Venezuela |
| Haiti | Oman | Vietnam |
| Iran | Pakistan | Western Sahara |
| Iraq | Papua New Guinea | Yemen |
| Jersey | Qatar | Zambia | |
| Jordan | Republic of Moldova | Zimbabwe |
Can Canadians Trade With Apex?
Yes! Canadian traders can fully utilize our services. However, please note that as a Canadian, you cannot purchase a LIVE account with Tradovate. Instead, you can access their services through Apex accounts. This allows you to benefit from our funding solutions, as Apex accounts—both Evaluation and Performance Accounts (PAs)—are simulated rather than live trading accounts.
- Maintain full access to your account until you return to a non-restricted country
These restrictions are automatically enforced, and no exceptions are permitted. This policy ensures compliance and security for all users. If you have any questions or need assistance, please submit a HelpDesk ticket
These details will be verified during the registration process to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. If you meet all of the above conditions, you are welcome to participate in our programs.
Accepted Forms of Identification:
- Driver’s License
- Residency Permit (excluding temporary or student visas
- Passport
- State ID
- Physical Government-issued ID Card
Note: We do not accept copies, temporary IDs, expired IDs, visas alone, student/work IDs, digital versions, or photos of IDs displayed on a screen (e.g., computer, tablet, or phone).
As we grow, we hope to offer support, educational resources, and dedicated teams for more languages and regions.
LIST OF COUNTRIES WE ARE NOT ABLE TO SERVICE AT THIS TIME WITH New or Additional ACCOUNTS:
−
| Afghanistan | Kenya | Republic of the Congo |
|---|---|---|
| Algeria | Kosovo | Réunion |
+
| Afghanistan | Kenya | Republic of the Congo |
|---|---|---|
| Afghanistan | Kazakhstan | Republic of the Congo |
| Algeria | Kenya | Reunion |
| Azerbaijan | Kuwait | Russia |
| Bahrain | Latvia | Rwanda |
| Bangladesh | Lebanon | Saint Pierre and Miquelon |
| Belarus | Lesotho | Saudi Arabia |
| Benin | Liberia | Senegal |
| Brunei | Libya | Serbia |
| Burkina Faso | Madagascar | Somalia |
| Burundi | Maldives | South Africa |
| Cameroon | Mauritania | South Sudan |
| Central African Republic | Mauritius | Sri Lanka |
−
| Afghanistan | Kenya | Republic of the Congo |
|---|---|---|
| Chad | Moldova | Sudan |
| China | Mongolia | Syria |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Morocco | Tanzania |
| Cuba | Mozambique | Togo |
| Cyprus | Myanmar | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Egypt | Namibia | Tunisia |
| Eritrea | Nepal | Türkiye (Turkey) |
| Gabon | New Caledonia | Uganda |
| Grenada | Nicaragua | Ukraine |
| Guinea | Niger | Uzbekistan |
| Guinea-Bissau | Nigeria | Vanuatu |
| Haiti | North Korea | Venezuela |
| Iran | Palestine (State of) | Vietnam |
| Iraq | Oman | Western Sahara |
| Jersey | Pakistan | Yemen |
| Jordan | Papua New Guinea | Zambia |
| Kazakhstan | Qatar | Zimbabwe |
+
| Afghanistan | Kenya | Republic of the Congo |
|---|---|---|
| Chad | Mongolia | Sudan |
| China | Morocco | Syria |
| Congo | Mozambique | Tanzania |
| Cote DIvoire | Myanmar | Togo |
| Cuba | Namibia | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Cyprus | Nepal | Tunisia |
| Egypt | New Caledonia | Turkey |
| Eritrea | Nicaragua | Uganda |
| Gabon | Niger | Ukraine |
| Grenada | Nigeria | Uzbekistan |
| Guinea | North Korea | Vanuatu |
| Guinea-Bissau | Occupied Palestinian Territory | Venezuela |
| Haiti | Oman | Vietnam |
| Iran | Pakistan | Western Sahara |
| Iraq | Papua New Guinea | Yemen |
| Jersey | Qatar | Zambia | |
| Jordan | Republic of Moldova | Zimbabwe |
Can Canadians Trade With Apex?
Yes! Canadian traders can fully utilize our services. However, please note that as a Canadian, you cannot purchase a LIVE account with Tradovate. Instead, you can access their services through Apex accounts. This allows you to benefit from our funding solutions, as Apex accounts—both Evaluation and Performance Accounts (PAs)—are simulated rather than live trading accounts.
FUnlistedFunded Futures Family · Permitted Trading Hours | Funded Futures Family Help CenterSep 11
Removed, last seen 2026-09-10All Funded Futures Family changesVersion historyVisit Funded Futures Family ↗
FUnlistedFunded Futures Family · Prestige Evaluation | Funded Futures Family Help CenterSep 11
FUnlistedFunded Futures Family · Premier+ Payout Requirements | Funded Futures Family Help CenterNew consistency rule added for Premier+ accounts purchased from September 9, 2026 onwards, limiting single-day profit to 40% of total realized profit. TIER: majorSep 11
Read the live article ↗All Funded Futures Family changesVersion historyVisit Funded Futures Family ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Requirements
In order to receive a payout for a Premier+ Funded Account:
- You must adhere to all TOS guidelines and policy Trading Rules that are enforced by Funded Futures Family.
- Minimum of $200 profit per trading day
Profit Structure
- All Premier+ funded account payouts are subject to a 90/10 profit split. 90% to the trader and 10% to Funded Futures Family.
Section: Funded Consistency by Purchase Date
Max Payout
| Account Size | Max Payout |
|---|
| $25,000 | 50% of Profit up to $1,000 |
| $50,000 | 50% of Profit up to $2,000 |
| $100,000 | 50% of Profit up to $2,500 |
| $150,000 | 50% of Profit up to $3,000 |
After payout #1 you must be in at least $1 net profit from the previous payout to request again. Also, once you request your first payout, your drawdown gets brought up to base account size.
After
Requirements
In order to receive a payout for a Premier+ Funded Account:
- You must adhere to all TOS guidelines and policy Trading Rules that are enforced by Funded Futures Family.
- Minimum of $200 profit per trading day
Profit Structure
- All Premier+ funded account payouts are subject to a 90/10 profit split. 90% to the trader and 10% to Funded Futures Family.
Section: Funded Consistency by Purchase Date
+ Funded Consistency by Purchase Date
+ For Premier+ accounts purchased on or after September 9, 2026, no single trading day may account for more than 40% of total realized profit at the time of a payout request. After each approved payout, the consistency calculation resets and begins again from the new account balance. Accounts purchased before September 9, 2026 retain their original funded consistency terms. All other applicable payout requirements still apply.
Max Payout
| Account Size | Max Payout |
|---|
| $25,000 | 50% of Profit up to $1,000 |
| $50,000 | 50% of Profit up to $2,000 |
| $100,000 | 50% of Profit up to $2,500 |
| $150,000 | 50% of Profit up to $3,000 |
After payout #1 you must be in at least $1 net profit from the previous payout to request again. Also, once you request your first payout, your drawdown gets brought up to base account size.
Requirements
In order to receive a payout for a Premier+ Funded Account:
- You must adhere to all TOS guidelines and policy Trading Rules that are enforced by Funded Futures Family.
- Minimum of $200 profit per trading day
Profit Structure
- All Premier+ funded account payouts are subject to a 90/10 profit split. 90% to the trader and 10% to Funded Futures Family.
Section: Funded Consistency by Purchase Date
+ Funded Consistency by Purchase Date
+ For Premier+ accounts purchased on or after September 9, 2026, no single trading day may account for more than 40% of total realized profit at the time of a payout request. After each approved payout, the consistency calculation resets and begins again from the new account balance. Accounts purchased before September 9, 2026 retain their original funded consistency terms. All other applicable payout requirements still apply.
Max Payout
| Account Size | Max Payout |
|---|
| $25,000 | 50% of Profit up to $1,000 |
| $50,000 | 50% of Profit up to $2,000 |
| $100,000 | 50% of Profit up to $2,500 |
| $150,000 | 50% of Profit up to $3,000 |
After payout #1 you must be in at least $1 net profit from the previous payout to request again. Also, once you request your first payout, your drawdown gets brought up to base account size.
FUnlistedFunded Futures Family · Premier+ Funded Account | Funded Futures Family Help CenterPremier+ consistency rule added for accounts opened September 9, 2026 onward requiring no single day exceeds 40% of realized profit. TIER: majorSep 11
Read the live article ↗All Funded Futures Family changesVersion historyVisit Funded Futures Family ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Premier+ Funded Account Overview
Section: Premier+ Funded Account Overview
− Premier+ has no consistency rule, no daily loss limit and no activation fee. Upon payout, there is a 90/10 split with an End-Of-Day Drawdown(EOD). Account sizes range from $25k - $150k.
| Account Size | Max Drawdown | DLL | Scaling Plan | Max Contract Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | None | Yes | 2 Minis or 20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | None | Yes | 4 Minis or 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | None | Yes | 6 Minis or 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | None | Yes | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
Premier+ Funded Account Benefit
- Withdraw profits every 5 qualifying trading days.
- No activation fee when advancing to a funded account.
- No daily loss limit, giving you greater freedom to manage positions throughout the trading day.
For accounts with End of Day (EOD) drawdown, the drawdown locks once it reaches the base account balance.
After
Premier+ Funded Account Overview
Section: Premier+ Funded Account Overview
+ Premier+ has no daily loss limit and no activation fee. For accounts purchased on or after September 9, 2026, a 40% consistency rule applies to the funded stage: no single trading day may account for more than 40% of total realized profit at the time of a payout request. After each approved payout, the consistency calculation resets. Accounts purchased before September 9, 2026 retain their original funded consistency terms.
| Account Size | Max Drawdown | DLL | Scaling Plan | Max Contract Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | None | Yes | 2 Minis or 20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | None | Yes | 4 Minis or 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | None | Yes | 6 Minis or 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | None | Yes | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
Premier+ Funded Account Benefit
- Withdraw profits every 5 qualifying trading days.
- No activation fee when advancing to a funded account.
- No daily loss limit, giving you greater freedom to manage positions throughout the trading day.
For accounts with End of Day (EOD) drawdown, the drawdown locks once it reaches the base account balance.
Premier+ Funded Account Overview
Section: Premier+ Funded Account Overview
− Premier+ has no consistency rule, no daily loss limit and no activation fee. Upon payout, there is a 90/10 split with an End-Of-Day Drawdown(EOD). Account sizes range from $25k - $150k.
+ Premier+ has no daily loss limit and no activation fee. For accounts purchased on or after September 9, 2026, a 40% consistency rule applies to the funded stage: no single trading day may account for more than 40% of total realized profit at the time of a payout request. After each approved payout, the consistency calculation resets. Accounts purchased before September 9, 2026 retain their original funded consistency terms.
| Account Size | Max Drawdown | DLL | Scaling Plan | Max Contract Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | None | Yes | 2 Minis or 20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | None | Yes | 4 Minis or 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | None | Yes | 6 Minis or 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | None | Yes | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
Premier+ Funded Account Benefit
- Withdraw profits every 5 qualifying trading days.
- No activation fee when advancing to a funded account.
- No daily loss limit, giving you greater freedom to manage positions throughout the trading day.
For accounts with End of Day (EOD) drawdown, the drawdown locks once it reaches the base account balance.
FUnlistedFunded Futures Family · Premier+ Evaluation | Funded Futures Family Help CenterAdded specific profit targets and maximum drawdown limits by account size for purchases on or after September 9th, 2026, plus separate rules for earlier purchases.Sep 11
Read the live article ↗All Funded Futures Family changesVersion historyVisit Funded Futures Family ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Premier+ Evaluation Account Overview
The Premier+ Account is designed for traders seeking a fast path to funding, allowing you to pass in as little as one trading day with the Fast Pass add on or two days with the standard option. Request payouts every 5 trading days with End of Day and Intraday drawdown, flexible account sizes up to $150,000, and no consistency rule, Premier+ gives you the freedom to trade your edge. Once you pass your Evaluation Account, you’ll have 7 days to activate your Funded Account. If the account is not activated within this timeframe, it will be closed.
Section: Premier+ Evaluation Account Overview
End-of-Day Drawdown:
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $750 | None | 3 Minis or 30 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | None | 5 Minis or 50 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $2,500 | None | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,000 | None | 15 Minis or 150 Micros |
Intraday:
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 | None | 3 Minis or 30 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | None | 5 Minis or 50 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | None | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | None | 15 Minis or 150 Micros |
After
Premier+ Evaluation Account Overview
The Premier+ Account is designed for traders seeking a fast path to funding, allowing you to pass in as little as one trading day with the Fast Pass add on or two days with the standard option. Request payouts every 5 trading days with End of Day and Intraday drawdown, flexible account sizes up to $150,000, and no consistency rule, Premier+ gives you the freedom to trade your edge. Once you pass your Evaluation Account, you’ll have 7 days to activate your Funded Account. If the account is not activated within this timeframe, it will be closed.
Section: Premier+ Evaluation Account Overview
+ For Accounts Purchased On or After September 9th, 2026
+ End-of-Day Drawdown:
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $750 | None | 2 Minis/20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | None | 4 Minis/40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $2,500 | None | 6 Minis/60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,000 | None | 10 Micros/100 Minis |
+ Intraday:
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 | None | 2 Minis/20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | None | 4 Minis/40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | None | 6 Minis/60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | None | 10 Minis/100 Micros |
+ For Accounts Purchased Before September 9th, 2026
End-of-Day Drawdown:
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $750 | None | 3 Minis or 30 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | None | 5 Minis or 50 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $2,500 | None | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,000 | None | 15 Minis or 150 Micros |
Intraday:
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 | None | 3 Minis or 30 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | None | 5 Minis or 50 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | None | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | None | 15 Minis or 150 Micros |
Premier+ Evaluation Account Overview
The Premier+ Account is designed for traders seeking a fast path to funding, allowing you to pass in as little as one trading day with the Fast Pass add on or two days with the standard option. Request payouts every 5 trading days with End of Day and Intraday drawdown, flexible account sizes up to $150,000, and no consistency rule, Premier+ gives you the freedom to trade your edge. Once you pass your Evaluation Account, you’ll have 7 days to activate your Funded Account. If the account is not activated within this timeframe, it will be closed.
Section: Premier+ Evaluation Account Overview
+ For Accounts Purchased On or After September 9th, 2026
+ End-of-Day Drawdown:
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $750 | None | 2 Minis/20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | None | 4 Minis/40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $2,500 | None | 6 Minis/60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,000 | None | 10 Micros/100 Minis |
+ Intraday:
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 | None | 2 Minis/20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | None | 4 Minis/40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | None | 6 Minis/60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | None | 10 Minis/100 Micros |
+ For Accounts Purchased Before September 9th, 2026
End-of-Day Drawdown:
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $750 | None | 3 Minis or 30 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | None | 5 Minis or 50 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $2,500 | None | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,000 | None | 15 Minis or 150 Micros |
Intraday:
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Drawdown | Consistency % | Max Contract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 | None | 3 Minis or 30 Micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | None | 5 Minis or 50 Micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | None | 10 Minis or 100 Micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | None | 15 Minis or 150 Micros |
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterOne payout request per account rule added; restriction on concurrent payout requests now stated across three sections. TIER: notableSep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Section: Overview: The Two Options
− Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day |
| Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None |
| Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None |
| Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro |
| Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro |
Payout Structure
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
− - Receive your payout within 24-48 hours.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
− - Request payouts once eligible again
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
After
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Section: Overview: The Two Options
+ Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day |
| Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None |
| Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None |
| Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro |
| Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro |
Payout Structure
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
+ - Receive your payout within 24-48 hours. Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
+ - Request your next payout once you are eligible again and your previous request has been processed
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: Can I request another payout while my previous one is still pending or processing?
+ A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually 24-48 hours — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
Section: Overview: The Two Options
− Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative.
+ Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day |
| Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None |
| Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None |
| Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro |
| Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro |
Payout Structure
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
− - Receive your payout within 24-48 hours.
+ - Receive your payout within 24-48 hours. Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
− - Request payouts once eligible again
+ - Request your next payout once you are eligible again and your previous request has been processed
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
Scaling Parameters Overview
| Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account |
|---|
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Q: Can I request another payout while my previous one is still pending or processing?
+ A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually 24-48 hours — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
PremierTradeify · Growth Funded: Account Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterPayout requests cannot be resubmitted until the previous request is processed, a new restriction added. TIER: notableSep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
- Daily account reconciliations occur between 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. EST/EDT.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
Section: Payout Guidelines
− - Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled.
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,500 |
After
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
- Daily account reconciliations occur between 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. EST/EDT.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
Section: Payout Guidelines
+ - Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,500 |
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
- Daily account reconciliations occur between 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. EST/EDT.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
Section: Payout Guidelines
− - Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled.
+ - Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
| ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,500 |
PremierTradeify · Lightning Funded: Account Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterPayout requests cannot be resubmitted on an account until the previous request is processed. TIER: notableSep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
Section: Payout Guidelines
− - Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled.
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 |
After
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
Section: Payout Guidelines
+ - Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 |
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
Section: Payout Guidelines
− - Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled.
+ - Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
| Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 |
PremierTradeify · Common FAQs | Tradeify Help CenterPayout processing time removed; new rule added that only one payout request per account can be open at a time.Sep 11
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard after 8 PM EST.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you see this message outside the 5-8 PM EST reconciliation window (e.g., mid-day the next day), this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your Tradovate username and account number for investigation.
Payouts & Profit Sharing:
- How do simulated funded account profit shares work?
- It's a 90-10 Profit Split, you will get 90% of the payout amount requested.
- What payout methods are accepted?
- We process payouts via Riseworks and Plane. Options include bank transfer and cryptocurrency.
- Can I use PayPal for payouts?
- No, PayPal is not a supported payout method. Tradeify processes payouts through Rise (primary) and Plane (alternative). Rise supports bank transfers and cryptocurrency withdrawals.
- How long do payouts take to process?
- Payouts are usually processed within 24 - 48 Hours.
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
- When do I need to complete KYC verification?
- Only once you request a payout. You'll receive an email to sign up with Rise and complete verification.
- Do you send 1099 tax forms?
- No, Rise does.
- How do I download receipts or invoices for my Tradeify expenses?
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
After
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard after 8 PM EST.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you see this message outside the 5-8 PM EST reconciliation window (e.g., mid-day the next day), this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your Tradovate username and account number for investigation.
Payouts & Profit Sharing:
- How do simulated funded account profit shares work?
- It's a 90-10 Profit Split, you will get 90% of the payout amount requested.
- What payout methods are accepted?
- We process payouts via Riseworks and Plane. Options include bank transfer and cryptocurrency.
- Can I use PayPal for payouts?
- No, PayPal is not a supported payout method. Tradeify processes payouts through Rise (primary) and Plane (alternative). Rise supports bank transfers and cryptocurrency withdrawals.
- How long do payouts take to process?
- Payouts are usually processed within 24 - 48 Hours.
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
+ - Can I request another payout while my previous one is still processing?
+ - No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved or denied), then request again once you're eligible.
- When do I need to complete KYC verification?
- Only once you request a payout. You'll receive an email to sign up with Rise and complete verification.
- Do you send 1099 tax forms?
- No, Rise does.
- How do I download receipts or invoices for my Tradeify expenses?
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard after 8 PM EST.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you see this message outside the 5-8 PM EST reconciliation window (e.g., mid-day the next day), this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your Tradovate username and account number for investigation.
Payouts & Profit Sharing:
- How do simulated funded account profit shares work?
- It's a 90-10 Profit Split, you will get 90% of the payout amount requested.
- What payout methods are accepted?
- We process payouts via Riseworks and Plane. Options include bank transfer and cryptocurrency.
- Can I use PayPal for payouts?
- No, PayPal is not a supported payout method. Tradeify processes payouts through Rise (primary) and Plane (alternative). Rise supports bank transfers and cryptocurrency withdrawals.
- How long do payouts take to process?
- Payouts are usually processed within 24 - 48 Hours.
Section: Payouts & Profit Sharing:
+ - Can I request another payout while my previous one is still processing?
+ - No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved or denied), then request again once you're eligible.
- When do I need to complete KYC verification?
- Only once you request a payout. You'll receive an email to sign up with Rise and complete verification.
- Do you send 1099 tax forms?
- No, Rise does.
- How do I download receipts or invoices for my Tradeify expenses?
- You can download receipts (also called invoices, transaction records, or billing statements) for all your Tradeify purchases from the Billing page:
- Step 1: Go to the Billing page: app-f.tradeify.co/dashboard/billing
- Step 2: In the Transactions table, find the transaction you need
- Step 3: Click "View Transaction" in the Action column
- Step 4: Click the "Download" button to save your receipt/invoice
- Each receipt shows Transaction ID, Order ID, date, and amount - everything you need for tax purposes or expense documentation. You can download receipts for account purchases, activation fees, and all other Tradeify payments.
- Note: These receipts are for your expenses (what you paid Tradeify). For 1099 tax forms related to payout income (what Tradeify paid you), those come from Rise, our payout processor.
PremierBluSky · Customer Agreement of Credit Card, PayPal and Fanbasis Transactions Disputes: | BluSky Rules and Help CenterChargeback fee reimbursement clause expanded to allow collection agency referral; agreement acceptance method changed from checkout click to any product purchase.Sep 10
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Customer Agreement of Credit Card Transactions Disputes Adopted 6/29/2025:
All credit cards must match the customers name and billing address!
1. Purpose:
The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm that the Customer will not initiate a chargeback with their credit card issuer for any authorized transactions processed by the BluSky Trading Company LLC.
2. Acknowledgement of Charges:
The Customer agrees that the charges made to their credit card by the BluSky Trading Company LLC were authorized, valid, and for products or services that the Customer knowingly purchased or received.
3. No Chargeback:
The Customer agrees not to dispute, cancel, or initiate a chargeback with their credit card provider for any transactions made with the BluSky Trading Company LLC, except in the case of proven fraud or unauthorized use of the card without the Customer’s consent.
4. Dispute Resolution:
Should a dispute arise regarding the charges, the Customer agrees to contact the BluSky Trading Company LLC directly to resolve the matter. The BluSky Trading Company LLC will make reasonable efforts to address and resolve any such issues promptly.
5. Fees and Recovery:
− In the event the Customer initiates a chargeback in violation of this Agreement, and the BluSky Trading Company LLC incurs fees, penalties, or losses, the Customer agrees to reimburse the BluSky Trading Company LLC for all associated costs, including but not limited to chargeback fees, legal fees, and administrative expenses.
6. Governing Law:
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
7. Entire Agreement:
This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties regarding chargebacks and supersedes all prior discussions or agreements.
8. Agreement to the Conditions described above:
− By clicking this box at checkout, the Customer acknowledges and agrees to the terms outlined in this Agreement and gives up the right to dispute any service provided by BluSky Trading Company LLC.
Payment Settlement by Odeonpay ALE S.R.L (“Paysagi”)
Certain payments on this website may be settled via Odeonpay ALE S.R.L. (“Paysagi”), acting solely as Merchant of Record for transaction settlement purposes. Paysagi is not the supplier of the goods or services. Where applicable, payment settlement is subject to Paysagi’s Terms of Use, available at Paysagi Terms of Use, which are presented to customers during the payment process.
After
Customer Agreement of Credit Card Transactions Disputes Adopted 6/29/2025:
All credit cards must match the customers name and billing address!
1. Purpose:
The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm that the Customer will not initiate a chargeback with their credit card issuer for any authorized transactions processed by the BluSky Trading Company LLC.
2. Acknowledgement of Charges:
The Customer agrees that the charges made to their credit card by the BluSky Trading Company LLC were authorized, valid, and for products or services that the Customer knowingly purchased or received.
3. No Chargeback:
The Customer agrees not to dispute, cancel, or initiate a chargeback with their credit card provider for any transactions made with the BluSky Trading Company LLC, except in the case of proven fraud or unauthorized use of the card without the Customer’s consent.
4. Dispute Resolution:
Should a dispute arise regarding the charges, the Customer agrees to contact the BluSky Trading Company LLC directly to resolve the matter. The BluSky Trading Company LLC will make reasonable efforts to address and resolve any such issues promptly.
5. Fees and Recovery:
+ In the event the Customer initiates a chargeback in violation of this Agreement, and the BluSky Trading Company LLC incurs fees, penalties, or losses, the Customer agrees to reimburse the BluSky Trading Company LLC for all associated costs, including but not limited to chargeback fees, legal fees, and administrative expenses. You also agree that BluSky Trading Company LLC, reserves the right to refer the debt plus any fees out for collection.
6. Governing Law:
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
7. Entire Agreement:
This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties regarding chargebacks and supersedes all prior discussions or agreements.
8. Agreement to the Conditions described above:
+ By purchasing any product from BluSky Trading Company, the Customer acknowledges and agrees to the terms outlined in this Agreement and gives up the right to dispute any service provided by BluSky Trading Company LLC.
Payment Settlement by Odeonpay ALE S.R.L (“Paysagi”)
Certain payments on this website may be settled via Odeonpay ALE S.R.L. (“Paysagi”), acting solely as Merchant of Record for transaction settlement purposes. Paysagi is not the supplier of the goods or services. Where applicable, payment settlement is subject to Paysagi’s Terms of Use, available at Paysagi Terms of Use, which are presented to customers during the payment process.
Customer Agreement of Credit Card Transactions Disputes Adopted 6/29/2025:
All credit cards must match the customers name and billing address!
1. Purpose:
The purpose of this Agreement is to confirm that the Customer will not initiate a chargeback with their credit card issuer for any authorized transactions processed by the BluSky Trading Company LLC.
2. Acknowledgement of Charges:
The Customer agrees that the charges made to their credit card by the BluSky Trading Company LLC were authorized, valid, and for products or services that the Customer knowingly purchased or received.
3. No Chargeback:
The Customer agrees not to dispute, cancel, or initiate a chargeback with their credit card provider for any transactions made with the BluSky Trading Company LLC, except in the case of proven fraud or unauthorized use of the card without the Customer’s consent.
4. Dispute Resolution:
Should a dispute arise regarding the charges, the Customer agrees to contact the BluSky Trading Company LLC directly to resolve the matter. The BluSky Trading Company LLC will make reasonable efforts to address and resolve any such issues promptly.
5. Fees and Recovery:
− In the event the Customer initiates a chargeback in violation of this Agreement, and the BluSky Trading Company LLC incurs fees, penalties, or losses, the Customer agrees to reimburse the BluSky Trading Company LLC for all associated costs, including but not limited to chargeback fees, legal fees, and administrative expenses.
+ In the event the Customer initiates a chargeback in violation of this Agreement, and the BluSky Trading Company LLC incurs fees, penalties, or losses, the Customer agrees to reimburse the BluSky Trading Company LLC for all associated costs, including but not limited to chargeback fees, legal fees, and administrative expenses. You also agree that BluSky Trading Company LLC, reserves the right to refer the debt plus any fees out for collection.
6. Governing Law:
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
7. Entire Agreement:
This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties regarding chargebacks and supersedes all prior discussions or agreements.
8. Agreement to the Conditions described above:
− By clicking this box at checkout, the Customer acknowledges and agrees to the terms outlined in this Agreement and gives up the right to dispute any service provided by BluSky Trading Company LLC.
+ By purchasing any product from BluSky Trading Company, the Customer acknowledges and agrees to the terms outlined in this Agreement and gives up the right to dispute any service provided by BluSky Trading Company LLC.
Payment Settlement by Odeonpay ALE S.R.L (“Paysagi”)
Certain payments on this website may be settled via Odeonpay ALE S.R.L. (“Paysagi”), acting solely as Merchant of Record for transaction settlement purposes. Paysagi is not the supplier of the goods or services. Where applicable, payment settlement is subject to Paysagi’s Terms of Use, available at Paysagi Terms of Use, which are presented to customers during the payment process.
Firms on this radar
Apex Trader FundingPremierBluSkyPremierBulenoxPremierDayTraders.comPremierE8 MarketsPremierFTMO FuturesPremierFundedNext FuturesPremierIQ CapitalPremierLucid TradingPremier
MyFundedFuturesPremier
PhidiasPremierTake Profit TraderPremier
The Legends TradingPremierTopstepPremier
TradeDayPremierTradeifyPremierAAlpha FuturesUnlistedAAqua FuturesUnlistedBBlue Guardian FuturesUnlistedEEarn2TradeUnlistedFFunded Futures FamilyUnlistedFFunded Futures NetworkUnlistedFFutures EliteUnlistedGGoat Funded FuturesUnlistedHHolaPrimeUnlistedOOneUp TraderUnlistedTThe Trading PitUnlistedTTop One FuturesUnlistedTTraders LaunchUnlisted